Document:

Indenture dated as of December 23, 2009

 Exhibit 4.1 
 EXECUTION VERSION 
  
  

P2021 RIG CO. 
 AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 131/2% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2013 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 Dated as of December 23, 2009 
  

 
 Wilmington Trust
FSB, 
 as Trustee and Noteholder Collateral Agent 
  
  
  
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

			
	 TIA Section
	  	 Indenture
 Section

		
	310 (a)(1)	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)	  	7.10
	       (b)	  	7.10
	       (c)	  	N.A.
	311 (a)	  	7.11
	       (b)	  	7.11
	       (c)	  	N.A.
	312 (a)	  	2.05
	       (b)	  	13.03
	       (c)	  	13.03
	313 (a)	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)	  	N.A.
	       (b)(2)	  	7.06; 7.07
	       (c)	  	7.06; 13.02
	       (d)	  	7.06
	314 (a)	  	13.02; 13.05
	       (b)	  	13.02
	       (c)(1)	  	13.04
	       (c)(2)	  	13.04
	       (c)(3)	  	N.A.
	       (d)	  	N.A.
	       (e)	  	13.05
	       (f)	  	N.A.
	315 (a)	  	7.01
	       (b)	  	7.05; 13.02
	       (c)	  	7.01
	       (d)	  	7.01
	       (e)	  	6.11
	316 (a) (last sentence)	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)	  	6.04
	       (a)(1)(B)	  	6.02
	       (a)(2)	  	N.A.
	       (b)	  	6.07; 9.02
	       (c)	  	2.12
	317 (a)(1)	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)	  	6.09
	       (b)	  	2.04

  

 i 

			
	 TIA Section
	  	 Indenture
 Section

		
	 318 (a)
	  	13.01
	        (b)
	  	N.A.
	        (c)
	  	13.01

 N.A. means Not Applicable. 
 NOTE: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 
  

 ii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
		
	 ARTICLE 1        DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	1
			
	 Section 1.01
	  	Definitions	  	1
			
	 Section 1.02
	  	Other Definitions	  	24
			
	 Section 1.03
	  	Incorporation by Reference of TIA	  	25
			
	 Section 1.04
	  	Rules of Construction	  	26
		
	 ARTICLE 2        THE NOTES
	  	27
			
	 Section 2.01
	  	Form and Dating	  	27
			
	 Section 2.02
	  	Execution and Authentication	  	28
			
	 Section 2.03
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	28
			
	 Section 2.04
	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	29
			
	 Section 2.05
	  	Holder Lists	  	29
			
	 Section 2.06
	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	29
			
	 Section 2.07
	  	Replacement Notes	  	38
			
	 Section 2.08
	  	Outstanding Notes	  	39
			
	 Section 2.09
	  	Treasury Notes	  	39
			
	 Section 2.10
	  	Temporary Notes	  	39
			
	 Section 2.11
	  	Cancellation	  	40
			
	 Section 2.12
	  	Default Interest	  	40
			
	 Section 2.13
	  	Persons Deemed Owners	  	40
			
	 Section 2.14
	  	Interest Payment Date; Record Date	  	40
			
	 Section 2.15
	  	Amortization	  	41
		
	 ARTICLE 3        REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE
	  	41
			
	 Section 3.01
	  	Notices to Trustee	  	41
			
	 Section 3.02
	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	  	41
			
	 Section 3.03
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	42
			
	 Section 3.04
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	43
			
	 Section 3.05
	  	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	  	43
			
	 Section 3.06
	  	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	  	43
			
	 Section 3.07
	  	Optional Redemption	  	44
			
	 Section 3.08
	  	Optional Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes	  	44

  

 iii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	 Section 3.09
	  	Special Mandatory Redemption	  	45
			
	 Section 3.10
	  	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	45
		
	 ARTICLE 4        COVENANTS
	  	48
			
	 Section 4.01
	  	Payment of Notes	  	48
			
	 Section 4.02
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	48
			
	 Section 4.03
	  	Corporate Existence	  	48
			
	 Section 4.04
	  	Compliance Certificate	  	49
			
	 Section 4.05
	  	Taxes	  	49
			
	 Section 4.06
	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	49
			
	 Section 4.07
	  	Restricted Payments	  	50
			
	 Section 4.08
	  	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	53
			
	 Section 4.09
	  	Liens	  	56
			
	 Section 4.10
	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	56
			
	 Section 4.11
	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	58
			
	 Section 4.12
	  	Business Activities	  	59
			
	 Section 4.13
	  	Credit Rating for the Notes	  	59
			
	 Section 4.14
	  	Additional Note Guarantees	  	59
			
	 Section 4.15
	  	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	60
			
	 Section 4.16
	  	Payments for Consent	  	61
			
	 Section 4.17
	  	Reports	  	62
			
	 Section 4.18
	  	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	63
			
	 Section 4.19
	  	Asset Sales	  	65
			
	 Section 4.20
	  	Impairment of Security Interest	  	67
			
	 Section 4.21
	  	Withholding Taxes	  	67
			
	 Section 4.22
	  	Parent Advance	  	70
			
	 Section 4.23
	  	Topaz Driller Delivery Date	  	70
			
	 Section 4.24
	  	Post-Topaz Driller Delivery Date	  	71
		
	 ARTICLE 5        SUCCESSORS
	  	72
			
	 Section 5.01
	  	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets	  	72

  

 iv 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	 Section 5.02
	  	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	73
		
	ARTICLE 6        DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	74
			
	 Section 6.01
	  	Events of Default	  	74
			
	 Section 6.02
	  	Acceleration	  	76
			
	 Section 6.03
	  	Other Remedies	  	76
			
	 Section 6.04
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	77
			
	 Section 6.05
	  	Control by Majority	  	77
			
	 Section 6.06
	  	Limitation on Suits	  	77
			
	 Section 6.07
	  	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	78
			
	 Section 6.08
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee or Noteholder Collateral Agent	  	78
			
	 Section 6.09
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	78
			
	 Section 6.10
	  	Priorities	  	79
			
	 Section 6.11
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	79
		
	 ARTICLE 7        TRUSTEE
	  	80
			
	 Section 7.01
	  	Duties of Trustee	  	80
			
	 Section 7.02
	  	Rights of Trustee	  	81
			
	 Section 7.03
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	81
			
	 Section 7.04
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	82
			
	 Section 7.05
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	82
			
	 Section 7.06
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	82
			
	 Section 7.07
	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	82
			
	 Section 7.08
	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	83
			
	 Section 7.09
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	84
			
	 Section 7.10
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	85
			
	 Section 7.11
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	85
			
	 Section 7.12
	  	Trustee in Other Capacities; Noteholder Collateral Agent and Paying Agent	  	85
		
	 ARTICLE 8        LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	85
			
	 Section 8.01
	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	85
			
	 Section 8.02
	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	85

  

 v 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	 Section 8.03
	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	86
			
	 Section 8.04
	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	87
			
	 Section 8.05
	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	88
			
	 Section 8.06
	  	Repayment to Company	  	89
			
	 Section 8.07
	  	Reinstatement	  	89
		
	 ARTICLE 9        AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	90
			
	 Section 9.01
	  	Without Consent of Holders	  	90
			
	 Section 9.02
	  	With Consent of Holders	  	91
			
	 Section 9.03
	  	Compliance with TIA	  	92
			
	 Section 9.04
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	92
			
	 Section 9.05
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	93
			
	 Section 9.06
	  	Trustee and Noteholder Collateral Agent to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	93
		
	 ARTICLE 10        SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	93
			
	 Section 10.01
	  	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	93
			
	 Section 10.02
	  	Application of Trust Money	  	94
		
	 ARTICLE 11        GUARANTEES
	  	95
			
	 Section 11.01
	  	Guarantee	  	95
			
	 Section 11.02
	  	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	96
			
	 Section 11.03
	  	Execution and Delivery of Guarantee	  	96
			
	 Section 11.04
	  	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	97
			
	 Section 11.05
	  	Releases	  	98
		
	 ARTICLE 12        SECURITY
	  	98
			
	 Section 12.01
	  	Grant of Security Interests; Intercreditor Agreement	  	98
			
	 Section 12.02
	  	Recording and Opinions	  	100
			
	 Section 12.03
	  	Release of Collateral	  	101
			
	 Section 12.04
	  	Form and Sufficiency of Release	  	102
			
	 Section 12.05
	  	Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Noteholder Collateral Agent Under the Collateral Agreements	  	102

  

 vi 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	 Section 12.06
	  	Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Agreements	  	103
			
	 Section 12.07
	  	Replacement of Noteholder Collateral Agent	  	103
			
	 Section 12.08
	  	Further Assurances	  	103
		
	 ARTICLE 13        MISCELLANEOUS
	  	104
			
	 Section 13.01
	  	TIA Controls	  	104
			
	 Section 13.02
	  	Notices	  	104
			
	 Section 13.03
	  	Communication by Holders with Other Holders	  	105
			
	 Section 13.04
	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	105
			
	 Section 13.05
	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	106
			
	 Section 13.06
	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	106
			
	 Section 13.07
	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	106
			
	 Section 13.08
	  	Governing Law	  	107
			
	 Section 13.09
	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	107
			
	 Section 13.10
	  	Successors	  	107
			
	 Section 13.11
	  	Severability	  	107
			
	 Section 13.12
	  	Counterpart Originals	  	107
			
	 Section 13.13
	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	107

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A	 	FORM OF NOTE
	Exhibit B	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	Exhibit C	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	Exhibit D	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	Exhibit E	 	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
	Exhibit F	 	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
	Exhibit G	 	FORM OF SHIP MORTGAGE
	Exhibit H	 	FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF CHARTER
	Exhibit I	 	FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF INSURANCE
	Exhibit J	 	FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF EARNINGS
	Exhibit K	 	FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

 NOTE: This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

  

 vii 

 INDENTURE, dated as of December 23, 2009 among P2021 Rig Co, a Cayman Islands exempted
company (the “Company”), Vantage Drilling Company, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Parent”), as Guarantor and Wilmington Trust FSB, and any and all successors thereto, as trustee (in such capacity, the
“Trustee”) and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Noteholder Collateral Agent”). 
 The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Noteholder Collateral Agent agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the
131/2% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”): 
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 
 “Acquired Debt” means,
with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other
Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person (regardless of the form of the applicable transaction by which such Person became a Subsidiary) or expressly assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from any
such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person or of such Indebtedness being incurred in
connection with the acquisition of assets; and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset
acquired by such specified Person. 
 Acquired Debt will be deemed to be incurred on the date the acquired Person becomes a Subsidiary or the
later of the date such Indebtedness is incurred or the date of the related acquisition of assets from such Person. 
 “Additional Notes” means Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued after the Issue Date in accordance with this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01 (“Form and Dating”), 2.02 (“Execution and
Authentication”) and Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof, as part of the same class as the Initial Notes. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For
purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 

 “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional
paying agent. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial
interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or
the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the Section 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”) and/or Section 5.01 (“Merger, Consolidation; Sale of Assets”) hereof, and
not by Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) hereof; and 
 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of
the Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries other than statutory or directors qualifying shares. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale: 
 (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value or that results in generating Net Proceeds, in either case, of less than $5.0 million;

 (2) a transfer of Equity Interests or other assets between or among the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another
Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) the sale or lease or other disposition of products, services or accounts receivable
in the ordinary course of business and any sale or conveyance or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business; 
 (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 
 (6) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”) hereof or a Permitted
Investment; 
 (7) the pledge, asset sale or other disposition by the Parent or any Excluded Parent Subsidiary of
the Equity Interests of any Excluded Parent Subsidiary; and 
 (8) any transfer of property in connection with a
sale and leaseback transaction. 
  

 2 

 “Assignments” means, collectively, each Insurance Assignment, each Earnings
Assignment, any Drilling Contract Assignment that is executed and each Charter Assignment. 
 “Bankruptcy Law”
means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Beneficial Owner”
has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act),
such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable
only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Bill of Sale” means that certain bill of sale from the Shipyard to the Company transferring title of the Topaz Driller to the Company free and clear of all Liens. 
 “Board of Directors” means: 
 (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing
members thereof or the manager or any committee of managers; and 
 (4) with respect to any other Person, the
board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 
 “Builder’s Certificate” means the
builder’s certificate by which the Shipyard certifies that it has fully constructed the Topaz Driller. 
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or any day on which banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close. If a payment date is not a Business Day at a place of payment, payment
may be made at that place on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be
capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by
the lessee without payment of a penalty. 
  

 3 

 “Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability
company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 
 (4) any other
interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital
Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock. 
 “Cash
Equivalents” means: 
 (1) United States dollars; 
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition; 

(3) certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of
“B” or better; 
 (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
 (5) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and, in each case,
maturing within six months after the date of acquisition; and 
 (6) money market funds at least 95% of the
assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition. 
 “Certificated Note” means a definitive Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
  

 4 

 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger
or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole (other than assets of Excluded Parent Subsidiaries) or
the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in either case, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act); 
 (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent or the Company; 
 (3) the consummation of any transaction or any series of transactions (including, without limitation, any merger,
consolidation or other business combination), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in clause (1) above), other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the
Voting Stock of the Parent (or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company), measured by voting power rather than number of shares; 
 (4) the Permitted Holder acquires directly or indirectly in one or a series of transactions Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Parent (or any other direct or indirect parent
of the Company) or the Company and maintains such Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Parent measured by voting power rather than number of shares (or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company) or the Company
for more than 15 consecutive Business Days; 
 (5) the Parent or the Company consolidates with, or merges with or
into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Parent or the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent, the Company or such other Person is
converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of the Parent or the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance); 
 (6) the first day on which the Parent ceases to own at least 90% of the outstanding Equity Interests of the Company; or

 (7) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent are not
Continuing Directors. 
 “Charter Assignment” mean an Assignment of Charter in favor of the Noteholder
Collateral Agent given by the Company and relating to an Internal Charter, together with the consent of the applicable Internal Charterer, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified
from time to time. 
  

 5 

 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 
 “Collateral” means all assets and property, whether now owned, or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien or the Mortgage
securing the Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, is granted or purported to be granted under any Collateral Agreement. 
 “Collateral Agreements” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each Mortgage, each Assignment, each Escrow Agreement, each other instrument, including any security document or
pledge agreement, creating Liens in favor of the Trustee as required by this Indenture, and any Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, as the same may be in force from time to time. 
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person for such period plus, without duplication: 
 (1) an amount equal to (a) any extraordinary
loss plus (b) any net loss realized by such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Company), or such Person, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Parent), in connection with an Asset
Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (2)
provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Company), or such Person, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Parent), for such period, to the extent that
such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (3) the
Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Company), or such Person, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Parent), to the extent that such Consolidated Interest
Expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (4) depreciation, amortization
(including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve
for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and any Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Company), or such Person, the Company and any Restricted
Subsidiaries (in the case of the Parent), for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus 
 (5) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary
course of business, 
 in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of,
a Restricted Subsidiary will be added

  

 6 

 
to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company or the Parent only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be
dividended to the Company or the Parent, as applicable, by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all
agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders. 
 “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Consolidated
Interest Expense of such Person for such period; provided, however, that the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to each of the following transactions as if each such transaction had occurred on
the first day of the applicable four-quarter reference period: 
 (1) any incurrence, assumption, guarantee,
repayment, purchase or redemption by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Company) or such Person, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Parent) of any Indebtedness (other than revolving credit
borrowings) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event occurred for which the calculation of the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio
is made (the “Calculation Date”); 
 (2) any acquisition of a company, business, asset or vessel
(including, but not limited to jackups, drillships and semisubmersibles) that has been made by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Company) or by such Person, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the
Parent) during the four-quarter reference period, or approved and expected to be consummated within 30 days of the Calculation Date, including, in each case, through a merger or consolidation or an acquisition, and including any related financing
transactions, in each case during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date; 
 (3) with respect to the calculation of the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for the Parent for purposes of clause (a) of Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock”), any delivery to, or acquisition by, the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of any vessel (including, but not limited to jackups, drillships and semisubmersibles) or construction contract for such vessel usable in the normal
course of business of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, that is (or are) subject to a Qualified Services Contract; and 
 (4) any other transaction that may be given pro forma effect in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect from time to time; 
 provided, further, however, that (a) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP,
and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded and (b) the Consolidated Interest Expense

  

 7 

 
attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but only to the extent
that the obligations giving rise to such Consolidated Interest Expense will not be obligations of the referent Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Company) or the referent Person, the Company or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries (in the case of the Parent) following the Calculation Date. 
 For purposes of clause (3) of this definition: 
 (A) the amount of Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to such vessel shall be calculated in good faith by a responsible
financial or accounting officer of such Person and shall include in the calculation of the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio the revenues earned or to be earned pursuant to the Qualified Services Contract relating to such vessel or vessels,
taking into account, where applicable, only contractual minimum amounts, and actual expenses incurred or the estimated expenses related thereto. Such estimated expenses shall be based on the expenses of the most nearly comparable vessel in such
Person’s fleet or, if no such comparable vessel exists, then on the industry average for expenses of comparable vessels; provided, however, (i) in determining the estimated expenses attributable to such vessel, the calculation shall
give effect to the interest expense attributable to the incurrence, assumption or guarantee of any Indebtedness relating to the construction, delivery and/or acquisition of such vessel in accordance with clause (1) of this definition; and
(ii) at the later Calculation Date, if the actual expenses differed from the estimate, the actual amount shall be used in such calculation; 
 (B) notwithstanding the foregoing, the pro forma inclusion of Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to such Qualified Services Contract for the four-quarter reference period shall be reduced by the actual
Consolidated Cash Flow from such new vessel previously earned and accounted for in the actual results for the four-quarter reference period, which actual Consolidated Cash Flow may be included in the foregoing clause (2). For the avoidance of doubt,
the acquisition of a vessel with actual earned Consolidated Cash Flow as well as future Consolidated Cash Flow expected by virtue of the existence of a Qualified Services Contract may be given pro forma effect due to the combined effect of the
foregoing clauses (2) and (3). 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for
any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and any
Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Company) or such Person, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Parent) for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue
discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect
of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations but excluding: 
 (A) amortization of debt issuance costs; and 
  

 8 

 (B) any nonrecurring charges relating to any premium or penalty paid, write
off of deferred finance costs or original issue discount or other charges in connection with redeeming or otherwise retiring any Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity, to the extent that any of such nonrecurring charges constitute interest
expense); and 
 (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and any Restricted Subsidiaries (in the
case of the Company) or such Person, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Parent) that was capitalized during such period. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the
Company) or such Person, the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Parent) for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 
 (1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity
method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends
or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its
charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 
 (3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; 
 (4) notwithstanding clause (1) above, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be excluded, whether or not
distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries; and 
 (5) for purposes of calculating the
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of the Parent in clause (a) of Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof, the Net Income of any Excluded Parent Subsidiary from any Qualified Services
Contract shall be included on a pro forma basis. 
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of
determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Parent who: 
 (1) was a member of such Board of
Directors on the date of this Indenture; or 
  

 9 

 (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board
of Directors with the approval of two-thirds (662/3%) of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 
 “Contract Unwind Trigger” means the termination of the underlying Drilling Contract relating to a Contract Winning Trigger and the collection of all revenue and accounts receivable owing under to the applicable Subsidiary.

 “Contract Winning Trigger” means the entering into a written contract for drilling services by any direct or
indirect Subsidiary of the Parent or the Company that is not already a Guarantor, under which the drilling services are to be performed by the Topaz Driller, or any vessel of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02
(“Notices”) hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified
in Section 2.03 (“Registrar and Paying Agent”) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of
this Indenture. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation
or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the following will not
constitute Disqualified Stock: (1) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Parent or the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the
occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Parent or the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption
complies with Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”) hereof; and (2) Capital Stock that is convertible or exchangeable into other Capital Stock. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of
this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Parent, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of
accrued dividends. 
  

 10 

 “Drilling Contract” means any dayrate Drilling Contract in respect of the
Topaz Driller or other contract for use of the Topaz Driller (except an Internal Charter). 
 “Drilling
Contract Assignment” means any Assignment of Drilling Contract in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent given by the applicable Internal Charterer, or if an Internal Charter is not in effect, the Company, respecting any Drilling Contract
covering the Topaz Driller, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 
 “Earnings
Assignment” means an Assignment of Earnings in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent given by the Company and each Internal Charterer, from time to time, respecting all earnings derived from the Topaz Driller and its operations,
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Escrow Agreements” means both the Topaz Escrow Agreement and the Advance Escrow Agreement. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

 “Excluded Parent Subsidiaries” means the current and future Subsidiaries of the Parent that are not
Guarantors or Restricted Subsidiaries. As of the Issue Date, the Excluded Parent Subsidiaries will consist of Offshore Group Investment Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company, Emerald Driller Company, a Cayman Islands exempted company, Sapphire
Driller Company, a Cayman Islands exempted company, Vantage Holding Hungary Kft, a Hungarian limited liability company, Vantage Drilling Netherlands B.V., a private company with limited liability under the laws of The Netherlands, Vantage Luxembourg
I, S.a.r.l., a private limited company organized under the laws of Luxembourg, Vantage Energy Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Vantage International Management Company Pte. Ltd., a company formed under the laws of Singapore, Vantage
International Payroll Company Pte. Ltd., a company formed under the laws of Singapore, Vantage US Payroll Company Pte. Ltd., a company formed under the laws of Singapore, P2020 Rig Co., a Cayman Islands exempted company, Vantage International
Management Company, a Cayman Islands exempted company, Vantage International Payroll Company, a Cayman Islands exempted company, Vantage Driller I Co., a Cayman Islands exempted company, Vantage Driller II Co., a Cayman Islands exempted company,
Vantage Driller III Co., a Cayman Islands exempted company, Vantage Driller IV Co., a Cayman Islands exempted company, Aquamarine Driller Company, a Cayman Islands exempted company, Topaz Driller Company, a Cayman Islands exempted company, and
Vantage Deepwater Company, a Cayman Islands exempted company, and each of their current and future Subsidiaries, subject to the requirements of this Indenture to cause a Subsidiary of the Parent or the Company to become a Restricted Subsidiary and
Guarantor. 
  

 11 

 “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Parent (other than
Indebtedness under the Note Guarantees) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid. 
 “Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Parent (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture). 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted
accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such
other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this
Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes
deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Sections 2.01 (“Form and Dating”) and Section 2.06(b)(3) (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof. 
 “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the
payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. 
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee other
than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements
in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement
conditions or otherwise). 
 “Guarantors” means the Parent and each Subsidiary of the Company that executes a
Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, in each case, together with their respective successors and assigns until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with this Indenture. As of the Issue Date, the Parent will
be the only Guarantor. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of
such Person under: 
 (1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to
fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; 
  

 12 

 (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or
interest rate risk; and 
 (3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is
registered. 
 “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the
Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to
Institutional Accredited Investors. 
 “Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary
whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $1.0 million and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do not exceed $1.0 million; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial
Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent, 
 (1) in respect of borrowed money: 
 (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect
thereof); 
 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances; 
 (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations; 
 (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months
after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or 
 (6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a
balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is
assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. 
 “Indenture Documents” means any of the Notes, Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Agreements and the Escrow Agreements. 
  

 13 

 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a
Global Note through a Participant. 
 “Initial Notes” means the first $135,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. 
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an
institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
 “Insurance Advisor” means BankServe or another independent insurance advisor to the Collateral Agent who is reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and who is not the Issuer’s
independent marine insurance broker. 
 “Insurance Assignment” means an Assignment of Insurance in favor of the
Noteholder Collateral Agent given by the Company and the applicable Internal Charterer, if any, from time to time, respecting all insurance covering the Topaz Driller or its operations, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I,
as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 
 “Intercreditor
Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K and that is entered into with any LC Facilities, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 “Internal Charter” means any charter or other contract respecting the use or operation of the Topaz
Driller between the Company and any Guarantor that is a party to any Drilling Contract. 
 “Internal
Charterer” means any Guarantor that is a party to an Internal Charter or any other charter or contract for use of the Topaz Driller. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or
other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity
Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of
any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(c) (“Restricted Payments”) hereof.
The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person
in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(c) (“Restricted Payments”) hereof. Except as otherwise provided in
this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. 
  

 14 

 “Issue Date” means the first date on which the Notes are issued under this
Indenture. 
 “LC Collateral Agent” means the collateral agent for the benefit of the Lenders under any LC
Facility and the Collateral Agreements, together with its successors in such capacity. 
 “LC Facilities” means
one or more letters of credit or debt facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or
refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time. For the avoidance of doubt, LC Facilities may consist of a single LC Facility rather than a broadly syndicated letter of
credit or debt facility. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge,
security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof,
any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 “Mortgage” means each Ship Mortgage, each other mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt and any other
document or instrument under which any Lien on property owned or leased by the Company or any Guarantor is granted to secure Obligations under this Indenture or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Liens are governed, as the same
may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any
specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: 
 (1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in
connection with (a) any Asset Sale or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 (2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary
gain (but not loss). 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (1) the direct costs relating to such
Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal,

  

 15 

 
accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, and taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale after taking into
account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements; and (2) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 
 (1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including
any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; 
 (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the Holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement
action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any Holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment
of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and 
 (3) as to which the lenders
have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person as defined under Regulation S of the Securities Act. 
 “Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum dated December 18, 2009 of the Company and Guarantors. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the
Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal
financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 (“Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion”) hereof. 
  

 16 

 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 (“Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion”) hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Parent, the Company, any Subsidiary of the Parent or
the Trustee. 
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has
an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
 “Permitted Business” means 
 (1) with respect to
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, a business in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries were engaged on the date of this Indenture, as described in the Offering Memorandum, and any business reasonably related or complimentary
thereto; and 
 (2) with respect to the Parent, the ownership of the Equity Interests in the Company and the
Parent’s other Subsidiaries and the business in which the Parent is engaged on the date of this Indenture and, as described in the Offering Memorandum and any business reasonably related or complimentary thereto. 
 “Permitted Holder” means, individually or collectively in any combination, F3 Capital, any Person that controls F3 Capital
as of the Issue Date, and Hsin-Chi Su (or any Trustee acting on behalf of Hsin-Chi Su), together with any Person that is an Affiliate of such Person, individually or collectively in any combination and any “person” (as that term is used in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) that is comprised primarily (in terms of economic interests) of any of the foregoing, individually, collectively or in any combination. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
 (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; 
 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 
 (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and a Guarantor; or 
 (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets
to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; 
 (4) any Investment made
as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) hereof; 
  

 17 

 (5) any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the
issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent or the Company; 
 (6) any Investments
received in compromise or resolution of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or
similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer and any Investments obtained in exchange for any such Investments; 
 (7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations; and 
 (8)
repurchases of the Notes. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 
 (1) Liens on assets of the Parent, the Company and the Guarantors securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under LC
Facilities that are permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clauses (b)(1)(A) and (b)(1)(B) of the second paragraph of Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof,
provided that the assets covered by such Liens shall consist only of cash accounts, accounts receivable (but not including earnings, charter hire, or freights or any other amounts arising from the use or operation of the Topaz Driller)
and inventories of the applicable Person; 
 (2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; 
 (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Parent,
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated
with the Parent, the Company or the Subsidiary; 
 (4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at
the time of acquisition of the property by the Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition; 
 (5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations
of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including
Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (b)(3) of Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof, covering only the assets constructed or acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

 (7) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture; 
  

 18 

 (8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are
not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been
made therefor; 
 (9) Liens imposed by law, such as necessaries suppliers, carriers’, warehousemen’s,
landlord’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10)
survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that
were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (11) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes or the Note Guarantees; 
 (12) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided,
however, that: 
 (A) the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or,
under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Indebtedness (plus improvements and accessions to such property, or proceeds or distributions thereof); and 
 (B) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding
principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the original Indebtedness and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or
discharge; 
 (13) the pledge or encumbrance by the Parent or any Excluded Parent Subsidiary of the Equity
Interests, property or assets of any Excluded Parent Subsidiary; 
 (14) Liens for obligations owed to vendors or
other third parties that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, provided that, any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made
thereof; 
 (15) Liens imposed by law, such as wharehousemen’s, landlord’s, and mechanics’ and
materialmens’ Liens, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than the kind of Liens on the Collateral or similar assets); and 
 (16) Liens to secure Hedging Obligations. 
  

 19 

 “Permitted Parent Payments” means, without duplication as to amounts,
payments to the Parent by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit the Parent to pay reasonable franchise taxes and accounting, legal and administrative expenses of the Parent when due, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 million per
annum. 
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the Net Proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness);
provided that: 
 (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all
fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith); 
 (2) such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced,
replaced, defeased or discharged; 
 (3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced,
defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least
as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and 
 (4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary or both the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof
to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance” means the protocol of delivery and acceptance evidencing the delivery of the Topaz Driller by the Shipyard to and acceptance of the Topaz Driller by the Company.

 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Qualified Services Contract” means, with respect to any vessel (including, but not limited to jackups, drillships and
semisubmersibles) acquired by, or delivered to, the Parent or

  

 20 

 
any of its Subsidiaries, a contract or series of contracts that the Board of Directors of the Parent, acting in good faith, designates as a “Qualified Services Contract” pursuant to a
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent, which contract or contracts: 
 (1) are between the Parent or
one of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and (a) a Person with a rating (or a Person whose parent has such a rating) of either BBB- or higher from S&P or Baa3 or higher from Moody’s, or if such ratings are not available, then a
similar investment grade rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency or (b) any other Person provided such contract is supported by letters of credit, performance bonds or Guarantees from a Person or its parent that has
an investment grade rating as described in the preceding subclause (a) of this clause (1), or such contract provides for a lockbox or similar arrangements or direct payment to the Parent or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, by a Person with
(or a Person whose parent has) such an investment grade rating, for the full amount of the contracted payments due over the four-quarter reference period considered in calculating the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio; 
 (2) provide for services to be performed by the Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries involving the use of such vessel by
the Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries, in either case for a minimum aggregate period of at least one year; and 
 (3) provide for a fixed or minimum dayrate or fixed rate for such vessel covering all the period in clause (2) above. 
 “Redemption Date” means the date of redemption established by the Company or this Indenture as set forth under Article 3. 
 “Regulation D” means Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S
Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate. 
 “Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the
name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period. 
 “Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto and bearing the legend
referred to in Section 2.06(f)(3) (“Transfer and Exchange”) deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes
initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
 “Responsible Officer” when used with respect to the
Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any

  

 21 

 
other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust
matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Restricted Certificated Note” means a Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted
Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 
 “Restricted
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and any Subsidiaries of the Parent that are designated Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 4.15 (“Designation of Restricted and
Unrestricted Subsidiaries”) hereof and future Guarantors pursuant to Section 4.14 (“Additional Note Guarantees”) hereof. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A Global
Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that
will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to QIBs. 
 “Rule
903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated
under the Securities Act. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or any successor
to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

 “Security Agreement” means the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company
and the Additional Grantors (as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement) from time to time party thereto in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms. 
 “Ship Mortgage” means the first naval mortgage over the Topaz Driller duly registered in the Panamanian ship
registry in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, in substantially the form of Exhibit G hereto. 
  

 22 

 “Shipyard” means PPL Shipyard Pte Ltd., located in the Republic of
Singapore. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary”
as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Special Mandatory Redemption” is the redemption provision set forth under Section 3.09 (“Special Mandatory Redemption”). 
 “Specified Tax Jurisdiction” means each jurisdiction in which the Company or any Guarantor is organized or otherwise
considered by a taxing authority to be a resident for tax purposes or from or through which the Company or any Guarantor makes a payment on the Notes or any Note Guarantee. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any item or series of Indebtedness,
the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the date of this Indenture or, if such item or series is incurred after the date of this Indenture, the date such
item or series is incurred will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of
Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 
 (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary
of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof). 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder. 
 “Topaz Driller” means the Baker Marine Pacific Class 375 jackup rig, Hull No. 2021, of PPL Shipyard named the
“Topaz Driller” and to be registered in the name of the Company under Panamanian flag. 
 “Uniform
Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction from time to time. 
  

 23 

 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is
designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 
 (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 
 (2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 (“Transactions with Affiliates”), is not party to any agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding with the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Parent, the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 
 (3) is a Person with respect to which none of the Parent, the Company nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve
such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and 
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled
to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means,
when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the
products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 
 Section 1.02 Other
Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	4.21
	 “Advance Escrow Agreement”
	  	4.22
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Amortization Payment”
	  	2.15
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.19
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Calculation Date”
	  	1.01

  

 24 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.18
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.18
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.18
	 “Company”
	  	Preamble
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Default Interest”
	  	2.12
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.19
	 “Excluded Holder”
	  	4.21
	 “incur”
	  	4.08
	 “Indemnified Party”
	  	7.07
	 “Indenture”
	  	Preamble
	 “interest”
	  	1.04
	 “Interest Payment Date”
	  	2.14
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “MD&A”
	  	4.17
	 “Noteholder Collateral Agent”
	  	Preamble
	 “Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.10
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.10
	 “Parent”
	  	Preamble
	 “Parent Advance”
	  	4.22
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Payment Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.08
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.10
	 “Record Date”
	  	2.14
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07
	 “Resale Restriction Termination Date”
	  	2.06
	 “Special Interest”
	  	6.01
	 “Taxes”
	  	4.21
	 “Topaz Escrow Agreement”
	  	3.09
	 “Trustee”
	  	Preamble

 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of TIA. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture.

 The following TIA term used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
 “indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note; 
  

 25 

 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
 “obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor
obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 
 (5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 
 (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 
 (7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of
successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
 All references to “Notes” or “principal
amount of Notes” shall mean the outstanding principal amount of Notes after giving effect to the amortization payments referred to in Section 2.15 (“Amortization”), any redemptions and any other purchases, whether pursuant to
this Indenture or otherwise, and after giving effect to any accretion of the principal amount due to the Notes having been issued at a discount to their face amount. 
 All references to “interest” shall mean the initial interest rate borne by the Notes plus any Default Interest and any Special Interest, as the case may be. If there has been no demand that the
Company pay Default Interest, the Company shall pay Default Interest and Special Interest, if any, in the same manner as other interest, and on the same dates as set forth in the Notes and in this Indenture. 
  

 26 

 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01 Form and Dating. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The
Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof. 
 The Company may issue Additional Notes from time to time after the Issue Date, provided such issuance and
incurrence would then comply with Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”). The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and
unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the “Notes” shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Noteholder Collateral Agent,
by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this
Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the
form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in certificated form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto
(but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each
shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased,
as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the
Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof. 
 (c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued initially in the form of the Regulation
S Temporary Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as Custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the
accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. 
 Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note
pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary
Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest
as hereinafter provided. 
  

 27 

 (d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the
“Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be
applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 
 At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. 
 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note
has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two
Officers (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not
exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 (“Replacement Notes”) hereof. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the
Company. 
 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented
for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. The term
“Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in
writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as
Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

 28 

 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act
as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying
Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
 The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the
benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such
default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent
(if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as
Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable
the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each
Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and the Company shall otherwise comply with
TIA § 312(a). 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of
the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be
exchanged by the Company for Certificated Notes if: 
 (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the
Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after
the date of such notice from the Depositary; 
 (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global
Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Certificated Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company for
Certificated Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or 
  

 29 

 (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with
respect to the Notes and the Registrar has received a written request from the Depositary to issue Certificated Notes. 
 Upon the occurrence of
any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Certificated Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in
Sections 2.07 (“Replacement Notes”) and 2.10 (“Temporary Notes”) hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section or Section 2.07
(“Replacement Notes”) or 2.10 (“Temporary Notes”) hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this
Section, however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof. 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the
Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the
other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global
Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in
the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit
of a U.S. Person. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in clause (1). 
 (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1)
(“Transfer and Exchange”) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 
 (A) both: 
 (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect
Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred
or exchanged; and 
  

 30 

 (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 
 (B) both:

 (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with
the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Certificated Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
 (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such
Certificated Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; 
 provided that
in no event shall Certificated Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any
certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of
beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h)
(“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof. 
 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted
Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of
Section 2.06(b)(2) (“Transfer and Exchange”) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) If the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor
must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Certificated Notes. 
  

 31 

 (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted
Certificated Notes. If in accordance with Section 2.06(a) (“Transfer and Exchange”) a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note is to be exchanged for a Restricted Certificated Note or transferred to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Certificated Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of
Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; 
 (B) if such beneficial interest is
being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule
903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such beneficial interest is
being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B), (C) or (D) above, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof, and the Company
shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Certificated Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the
Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall

  

 32 

 
deliver such Certificated Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant
to this Section shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
 (2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Certificated Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(1)(A) and (C) (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof, a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Certificated Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Certificated Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and
(B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other
than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes for Beneficial Interests. 
 (1) Restricted Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted
Certificated Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Certificated Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such
Restricted Certificated Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; 

(B) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to a QIB a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such Restricted Certificated Note is
being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) of this Section, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; 
  

 33 

 (F) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Certificated Note, increase or cause to
be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the Rule 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S
Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes for Certificated
Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Certificated Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section, the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Certificated Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or
exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Certificated Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its
attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section. 
 (1) Restricted Certificated Notes to Restricted Certificated Notes. Any Restricted Certificated Note may be
transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Certificated Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) If the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit
B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to
Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
(other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this clause (1)), then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item
(3) thereof, if applicable. 
  

 34 

 (f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Certificated Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 (1) Private Placement Legend. Each Global Note and each Certificated Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following
form: 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH
TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION OR THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT), (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF
SUBPARAGRAPH (A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR
AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF,
(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A,
(D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE U.S. WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH
(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER
OR SALE IN

  

 35 

 
CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE
COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION
SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE
REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.” 
 (2) Global Note
Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE
DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH
NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE
TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE
DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE

  

 36 

 
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,
CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY IS ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS OF THE COLLATERAL AGREEMENTS (EACH, AS DEFINED IN THIS INDENTURE).” 
 (3) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note will bear a Legend in
substantially the following form: 
 “THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS
AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE.” 
 (g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Certificated Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or
canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 (“Cancellation”) hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial
interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Certificated Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note
will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a
Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Custodian at the
direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will
authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 (“Execution and Authentication”) hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
 (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Certificated
Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10 (“Temporary Notes”), 3.06 (“Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part”), 3.10 (“Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds”), 4.19
(“Asset Sales”), 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”) and 9.05 (“Notation on or Exchange of Notes”) hereof). 
  

 37 

 (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or
exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (4) All Global Notes and Certificated Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Certificated Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same
debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Certificated Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required: 
 (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15
days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 (“Selection of Notes to be Redeemed or Purchased”) hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 
 (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a
Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration
of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes
and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 (“Execution and Authentication”) hereof. 
 (8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
Section to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of
the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company,
an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the (i) the Trustee to protect the Trustee and (ii) the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any
loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
  

 38 

 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to
all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.08
Outstanding Notes. 
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those
canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as
set forth in Section 2.09 (“Treasury Notes”) hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall
not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(a) (“Optional Redemption”) hereof. 
 If a Note is
replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 (“Replacement Notes”) hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 (“Payment of Notes”) hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of
any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled
by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver
or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 
 Section 2.10 Temporary
Notes. 
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt
of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 
  

 39 

 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes
(subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act and the Trustee). Certification of the destruction or cancellation of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company upon written request. The Company may not issue new Notes to
replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12 Default Interest

 The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
principal, premium, if any, and interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) from time to time on demand at the rate equal to 2% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful to the
Persons who are Holders on a subsequent Record Date, in each case at the rate provided as set forth in the Notes and consistent with Section 4.01 (“Payment of Notes”) hereof (“Default Interest”). The
Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Default Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such Record Date and Interest Payment Date;
provided that no such Record Date may be less than 10 days prior to the related Interest Payment Date. At least 15 days before the Record Date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name
and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be sent to Holders a notice that states the Record Date, the related Interest Payment Date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 Section 2.13 Persons Deemed Owners. 
 The Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. Only Holders have rights under this Indenture and the Notes. 
 Section 2.14 Interest Payment Date; Record Date. 
 Interest on outstanding Notes will accrue at the rate of 131/2% per
year and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2010 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). The Company will make each interest payment to the Holders of
record on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1 (each, a “Record Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently
paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
  

 40 

 Section 2.15 Amortization. 
 The Company will make principal payments of $10.0 million on the Notes (each, an “Amortization Payment”) according to the
following schedule: 
  

				
	 Amortization Payment Due
	  	Amount
(in millions)
	 June 15, 2011
	  	$	10.0
	 December 15, 2011
	  	$	10.0
	 June 15, 2012
	  	$	10.0
	 December 15, 2012
	  	$	10.0
	 June 15, 2013
	  	$	10.0
	 December 15, 2013
	  	$	10.0

 The Company will make each Amortization Payment to the Holders of Records on the
immediately preceding June 1 and December 1 prior to the above scheduled Amortization Payment date (each, a “Amortization Record Date”). Each Amortization Payment will be made on a pro rata basis. Any shortfall in
payment, made necessary by the existence of de minimus dollar amounts that cannot be divided equally among the Holders shall in no way be considered a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture. Such amounts shall be held at DTC and
included in the subsequent Amortization Payment. No change will be made to the face value of the Notes to reflect the Amortization Payments. The Amortization Payments will be reflected in value of the Notes listed on DTC’s records. 

ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE 
 Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 (“Optional Redemption”)
through and including Section 3.09 (“Special Mandatory Redemption”) hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth: 

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 
 (2) the Redemption Date; 
 (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 
 (4) the
redemption price. 
 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis, by lot
or by such other method as the Trustee considers fair and appropriate, unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or Depositary requirements. 
 In the event of partial redemption or purchase, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the
Redemption Date or Purchase Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 
  

 41 

 The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption
or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in minimum amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding
sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 
 Subject to the provisions of
Section 3.10 (“Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds”) hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company will mail electronically, or cause to be mailed by first class mail, a
notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the
Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 10 hereof. 
 The notice will identify the
Notes to be redeemed and will state: 
 (1) the Redemption Date; 
 (2) the redemption price; 
 (3) if the Notes are being redeemed in part: 
 (A) that the Trustee
shall select Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee considers fair and appropriate, unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or Depositary requirements, and in any case,
not in parts of $2,000 or less; and 
 (B) the portion of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed and
that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Notes, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
 (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the Redemption Date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture
pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
  

 42 

 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the
CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the
notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee
give such notice and setting forth the information (or a shorter period as agreed to by the Trustee) to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section above. 
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
 Once notice of
redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03 (“Notice of Redemption”) hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be
conditional. 
 Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
 No later than 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the Redemption Date or Purchase Date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying
Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or
the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Redemption Date or Purchase Date, interest will
cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be
paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to
comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date or Purchase Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful, on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at
the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 (“Payment of Notes”) hereof. 
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or
Purchased in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 
  

 43 

 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 
 (a) After the Issue Date, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at one time or from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor
more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the six-month
period beginning on the dates indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date: 
  

				
	 For the Period Below
	  	Percentage	 
	 From the Issue Date until June 14, 2010
	  	104.0	% 
	 From June 15, 2010 until December 14, 2010
	  	104.0	% 
	 From December 15, 2010 until June 14, 2011
	  	105.0	% 
	 From June 15, 2011 until December 14, 2011
	  	107.0	% 
	 From December 15, 2011 until June 14, 2012
	  	107.0	% 
	 From June 15, 2012 until December 14, 2012
	  	105.0	% 
	 From December 15, 2012 until June 14, 2013
	  	103.0	% 
	 From June 15, 2013 until December 15, 2013
	  	100.0	% 

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will
cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date. 
 (b) Any redemption
pursuant to this Section shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 (“Notices to Trustee”) through 3.06 (“Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part”) hereof. 
 Section 3.08 Optional Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes 
 (a)
At any time, the Company may redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the
applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), in the event that the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, has become or
would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any Additional Amounts as a result of a change in or an amendment to the laws (including any regulations or rulings promulgated
thereunder) of any Specified Tax Jurisdiction (or any relevant jurisdiction, political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), or any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application or interpretation of such
laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective on or after the date of this Indenture, and the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be,
cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to them; provided that the Board of Directors of the Parent determines in good faith that the aggregate amount of such Additional Amounts would create additional annual costs in
excess of 0.50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding; and 
 (A) no such notice of
redemption shall be given earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes or the Note Guarantee were
then due, and 
  

 44 

 (B) at the time any such redemption notice is given, such obligation to pay
Additional Amounts must remain in effect. 
 Prior to any redemption of the Notes, the Company will be required to deliver to
the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that (x) the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, cannot avoid obligations to pay Additional Amounts by taking reasonable measures available to them and (y) the Company
is otherwise entitled to effect such redemption and attaching the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Parent as to additional annual costs described above and (ii) an opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing stating
that the Company would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a change in tax laws or regulations and, in the case of (i) and (ii), stating that the conditions precedent to the right of redemption have occurred. No such notice of
redemption may be given more than 60 days before or more than 270 days after the Company or any Guarantors, as the case may be, first becomes liable or aware of the liability to pay any Additional Amounts as a result of a change or amendment
described above. 
 (b) Any redemption pursuant to this Section shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01
(“Notices to Trustee”) through 3.06 (“Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part”) hereof. 
 Section 3.09 Special
Mandatory Redemption. 
 (a) On the Issue Date, the Company shall deposit the net proceeds applicable to the purchase of the
Topaz Driller designated as “Topaz Driller construction payment” as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum into an escrow account to be established by Wilmington Trust FSB, as escrow agent,
pursuant to an escrow agreement (the “Topaz Escrow Agreement”), pursuant to which the escrowed amount shall be released to the Company to satisfy the final construction payment for the Topaz Driller as described in the
Offering Memorandum, upon written request. If, within 90 days of the Issue Date, (i) the Company has not accepted the Topaz Driller, (ii) clean title for the Topaz Driller is not transferred to the Company, (iii) the
Topaz Driller is not registered in the name of the Company as owner under Panamanian flag and (iv) a Ship Mortgage is not recorded on the Topaz Driller in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, each as certified to the Trustee
in an Officers’ Certificate, then the Company shall be required to redeem the Notes issued under this Indenture upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed to the applicable Redemption Date. 
 (b) Other than as specifically provided
in this Section 3.09, any redemption pursuant to this Section shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 (“Notices to Trustee”) through 3.06 (“Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part”) hereof. 
 Section 3.10 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an “Asset Sale Offer”, it will follow the procedures specified below
and in Sections 4.19(c), (d), (e) and (f) (“Asset Sales”): 
 (a) The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all
Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. 

 

 45 

 (b) The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days
following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). 
 (c) No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will
apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and
other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 (d) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at
the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 (e) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and materials
necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state: 
 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.10 and Section 4.19 (“Asset
Sales”) hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 
 (2) the Offer Amount, the
purchase price and the Purchase Date; 
 (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to
accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders
electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in amounts not less than $2,000 and, thereafter, in integral multiples of $1,000 only; 
 (6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note,
with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
  

 46 

 (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying
Agent receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of
Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes and the Company will select other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis
based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that no Note of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part and that minimum
denominations of $1,000 in excess thereof are maintained); and 
 (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased
only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that
such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.10 and Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”). The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may
be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and
the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal
amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the
Purchase Date. 
 (f) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.10, any redemption pursuant to this
Section 3.10 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 (“Notices to Trustee”) through 3.06 (“Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part”) hereof. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder
to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales provisions of
this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.10 and Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) of this Indenture by
virtue of such conflict. 
  

 47 

 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 
 The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in this Indenture and the Notes. Principal, premium, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds, as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date, money
deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 
 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Company will
maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the
Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any
such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for
any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in
accordance with Section 2.03 (“Registrar and Paying Agent”) hereof. 
 Section 4.03 Corporate Existence. 

Except as otherwise permitted by Article 5, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full
force and effect: 
 (1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of
its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and 
 (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; 
 provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or
other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board

  

 48 

 
of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the
loss thereof would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.04 Compliance
Certificate. 
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall
deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision
of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his
or her actual knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this
Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have actual knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to
the best of his or her actual knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the
event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 (b) So long as any of the Notes are
outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.05 Taxes. 
 The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental
levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit
the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  

 49 

 Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of Equity Interests of the Company, any
Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect
holders of the Company’s, any Restricted Subsidiaries’ or any direct or indirect parent of the Company’s Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); 
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or
any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 
 (3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem,
defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any Restricted
Subsidiaries) or any Indebtedness of any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of regularly scheduled interest or principal at
the Stated Maturity thereof; or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment 
 (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted
Payments”), 
 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

 (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if
such Restricted Payment had been made on the first day of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 4.08(a)(2) (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof; and 
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2),
(3), (4), (7) and (8) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.07), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company and any Guarantors on a combined or consolidated basis, as the case may be (meaning the Parent is included but the Excluded Parent Subsidiaries are
not included in that combination or consolidation), for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of this Indenture to the end of the Company’s most recently ended
fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus 
  

 50 

 (B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since
the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or
convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), provided,
however, that the Parent Advance shall not constitute net cash proceeds contemplated by this paragraph (b); plus 
 (C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of this Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted
Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus 
 (D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary designated as such after the date of this Indenture is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, the lesser of
(i) the Fair Market Value of the Parent’s or the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary, as the case may be, as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was
originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture; plus 
 (E) 50% of
any dividends received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such
period. 
 (b) So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the preceding provisions will
not prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable
redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or

  

 51 

 
distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend, distribution or redemption payment would have complied with the
provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company;
provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(B) of the preceding paragraph; 
 (3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Company or any
Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution)
by a Restricted Subsidiary to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
 (5) the
declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued after the date of this Indenture in accordance with the Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio set forth in Section 4.08(a)(2) (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”); 
 (6) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of options or warrants to the extent that such Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof; 
 (7) Permitted Parent Payments; and 
 (8) the dividend or distribution by the Company to the Parent any time after six months after the Issue Date of $9.1 million
(representing the first interest payment advanced by the Parent to the Company as set forth under Section 4.22 (“Parent Advance”)). 
 (c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section will be determined by the Board of Directors of the
Parent whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing
if the Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million. 
  

 52 

 Section 4.08 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 
 (a) Neither the Parent nor the Company will, and neither of them will permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,
create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), none of the Parent, the
Company or any Guarantor will issue any Disqualified Stock and the Parent will not permit the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that: 
 (1) the Parent may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, if the Consolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional
Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 1.75 to 1; or 
 (2) the Company or Guarantor (other than the Parent) may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, if the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for the Company, together
with any Restricted Subsidiaries on a combined or consolidated basis, as the case may be, for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such
additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 3.0 to 1, 
 in each case determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the Net Proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be,
on the first day of such four-quarter period. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.08(a) (“Incurrence of Indebtedness
and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (1) (A) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor (other than the Parent) of letters of credit under an LC Facility in
an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, thereunder)
not to exceed $5.0 million; and (B) the incurrence by the Parent of letters of credit under an LC Facility in connection with the bidding for certain contracts in the ordinary course (including in connection with bid bonds, performance bonds
and similar instruments) in any aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1)(B) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Parent thereunder)
not to exceed $15.0 million; 
 (2) the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented
by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the Issue Date; 
  

 53 

 (3) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness
represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of
property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or
discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (3), not to exceed $2.0 million at any time outstanding; 
 (4) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which a new Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or such Guarantor (other than Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of, or in
connection with, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by the Company or such Guarantor); provided, however, that (a) on the date that such
Subsidiary is acquired by, or is merged into the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, would have been able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a)(1) or (b)(2), as the case may be, of this Section 4.08(a)
after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (4); and (b) the new Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and a Guarantor; 
 (5) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantors of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the Net
Proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this Section or clauses
(2) or (5) of this paragraph; 
 (6) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of intercompany
Indebtedness between or among the Company and the Guarantors; provided, however, that: 
 (A) if the
Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes
and the Note Guarantees; and 
 (B) any (i) subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results
in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Guarantor, or (ii) sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not the Company or a Guarantor, 
 will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, that was not permitted
by this clause (6); 
 (7) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary
course of business; 
  

 54 

 (8) the guarantee by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness of the
Company or a Guarantor that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.08; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the Guarantee shall be
subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 
 (9) the
incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, and performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial
institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days; and 
 (11) the Incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification,
adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Parent or any of the Guarantors pursuant to such agreements, in any case incurred in
connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Guarantor (other than Note Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such
acquisition), so long as the amount does not exceed the gross proceeds actually received by Parent or any Guarantor in connection with such disposition. 
 None of the Company or any Guarantor will incur any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such
Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be
contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior Lien basis. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.08, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in
clauses (1) through (11) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.08, the Company, the applicable Restricted Subsidiary or the applicable Guarantor will be permitted to classify such item
of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.08. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue
discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on
Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.08; provided, in each
such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Consolidated

  

 55 

 
Interest Expense of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.08, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company, the applicable Restricted
Subsidiary or the applicable Guarantor may incur pursuant to this Section shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. 
 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 
 (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; 

(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and 
 (3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 (A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and 
 (B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person. 
 Section 4.09 Liens. 
 Neither the Parent nor the Company will, and
neither of them will permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens. 
 Section 4.10 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 
 Neither the Parent nor the Company will, and neither of them will permit any Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or
permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its
profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) make loans or
advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties
or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances
or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) any future LC Facility, provided that the encumbrances and
restrictions contained therein, including any related collateral documents, and any amendments,

  

 56 

 
restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other
payment restrictions than those contained in this Indenture; 
 (2) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness as
in effect on the date of this Indenture and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture;

 (3) this Indenture, the Notes and Note Guarantees; 
 (4) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 
 (5) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries
as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the
properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 

(6) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 (7) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business, mortgage financings
and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or mortgaged or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; 
 (8) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of any Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that
Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition; 
 (9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being
refinanced; 
 (10) Liens permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 (“Liens”) that limit the
right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (11) provisions limiting the disposition
or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such
agreements; 
  

 57 

 (12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (13) restrictions contained in,
or in request of, Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred by this Indenture. 
 Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.

 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any
Affiliate of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
 (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with
an unrelated Person; and 
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 
 (A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration
in excess of $5.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been
approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Parent; and 
 (B) with
respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction
from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing. 
 (b) The
following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph: 
 (1) transactions between or among the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest
in, or controls, such Person; 
  

 58 

 (3) Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07
(“Restricted Payments”); 
 (4) any agreement as in effect on the date of the issuance of the Notes or
any amendments, renewals or extensions of any such agreement (so long as such amendments, renewals or extensions are not less favorable to the Holders); 
 (5) the entering into of a customary agreement providing registration rights to the shareholders of Parent and the performance of such agreements; and 
 (6) transactions between or among the Parent and any of its Subsidiaries (including transactions between or among the
Company, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary), on the one hand, and any Excluded Parent Subsidiary, on the other hand, provided that such transaction is entered into in the ordinary course of business and on an arm’s length basis and
that any such transaction is approved by a majority of the Parent’s disinterested directors. 
 Section 4.12 Business
Activities. 
 Neither the Parent nor the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any
business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.13 Credit Rating for the Notes. 
 The Company and the Parent
shall obtain within 365 days from the date of this Indenture a credit rating for the Notes from Moody’s and S&P and shall maintain a credit rating for the Notes with Moody’s and S&P until all of the Obligations of the Company under
this Indenture have been satisfied or discharged under the terms of this Indenture. If either Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the Company, the Company and the Parent shall obtain a credit rating
from any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency. 
 Section 4.14 Additional Note Guarantees. 
 If (a) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Subsidiary, (b) the Parent acquires or creates another Subsidiary to directly or indirectly own the Equity Interest
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (c) any Subsidiary of the Parent or the Company that is not already a Guarantor is the subject of a Contract Winning Trigger, after the Issue Date, then the Parent and the Company will 

(1) cause that Subsidiary to 
 (A) execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to which it will become a Guarantor, 
  

 59 

 (B) execute an amendment to the Collateral Agreements pursuant to which it
becomes subject to the obligations of a Guarantor thereunder and pledge its assets, including the Equity Interests it owns in any of its Subsidiaries, pursuant to the Collateral Agreements; 
 and 
 (2) deliver an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee, in each case within 20 Business Days of the date on which the Subsidiary was acquired or created or otherwise becomes
subject to this Section; provided that 
 (A) any Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary
need not become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary; and 
 (B) any
applicable Subsidiary may be released from its Note Guarantee and related pledge following the occurrence of a Contract Unwind Trigger provided the conditions to that release are satisfied. 
 Section 4.15 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Board of Directors of the Parent may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if: 
 (1) the Company could make the Restricted Payment which is deemed to occur upon such designation in accordance with
Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”) equal to the appropriate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Parent, the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary at the time of such designation;

 (2) such Restricted Subsidiary meets the definition of an “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; 
 (3) the designation would not constitute or cause (with or without the passage of time) a Default or Event of Default or no
Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation; and 
 (4) the Company delivers to
the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by
Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”). 
 If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary,
the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Parent, the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the
designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”) or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. 
  

 60 

 If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary designated as such would fail to meet the
preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any other Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the definition of an “Unrestricted Subsidiary,” then such Subsidiary will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for
purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.08
(“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”), the Company or the applicable Guarantor will be in default of such covenant. 
 In connection with the occurrence of a Contract Unwind Trigger, the Parent or the Company may cause an applicable Subsidiary to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it meets the conditions set
forth in clause (a) of this Section 4.15. 
 (b) The Board of Directors of the Parent may at any time designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary or Subsidiary of the Parent to be a Restricted Subsidiary if: 
 (1) the Company and the
Guarantor could incur the Indebtedness which is deemed to be incurred upon such designation under Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”), equal to the total Indebtedness of such Subsidiary
calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period; 
 (2) the designation would not constitute or cause a Default or Event of Default; and 
 (3) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such
designation complied with the preceding conditions, including the incurrence of Indebtedness under Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”). 
 The Parent or the Company shall be required to designate each applicable Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary and a Guarantor and
pledge its assets and property as Collateral pursuant to Section 4.14 (“Additional Note Guarantees”), upon the occurrence of a Contract Winning Trigger and shall be required to comply with the conditions set forth in this clause
(b) of this Section 4.15 in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent may become a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture notwithstanding the fact that such Subsidiary
is a Subsidiary of the Parent but not the Company. 
 Section 4.16 Payments for Consent. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiaries and their Affiliates to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be
paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms

  

 61 

 
or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set
forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 Section 4.17 Reports. 
 (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Parent or the Company will
furnish to the Holders or cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders of Global Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 
 (1) all quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and annual reports on Form 10-K that would be required to be filed with the SEC on
such forms if the Parent or the Company were required to file such reports under the Exchange Act; 
 (2) all
current reports on Form 8-K that would be required to be filed with the SEC on such form if the Parent or the Company were required to file such reports under the Exchange Act; and 
 (3) in a footnote to the Parent’s financial statements included in quarterly or annual reports to be filed or furnished
pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.17(a), the financial information required to comply with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. 
 All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports.
Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Parent’s or the Company’s certified independent accountants. In addition, the Parent will post the reports on its website
within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports and the Parent will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.17(a) with the SEC for public
availability within those time periods (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing). The Parent will be deemed to have delivered or filed such reports with the Trustee and Holders if the Parent has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR
filing system. 
 If at any time the Parent is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for
any reason, the Parent or the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 4.17(a) with the SEC within the time periods specified by the SEC for registrants that are non-accelerated
filers unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. Neither the Parent nor the Company will take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the
Parent’s or the Company filings for any reason, the Parent or the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website within the time periods that would apply to non-accelerated filers if the Parent or the
Company were required to file those reports with the SEC. 
 (b) The quarterly and annual reports and financial information
required by the preceding paragraphs will include a Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial

  

 62 

 
Condition and Results of Operations (the “MD&A”) of the Parent, which shall include a discussion and analysis of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries. If the Company has
designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraphs will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements
or in the footnotes thereto, and also in the MD&A, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted
Subsidiaries. 
 The Parent will hold a quarterly conference call for the Holders and securities analysts to discuss such
financial information no later than ten Business Days after distribution of such financial information. 
 (c) In addition, the
Company and Guarantors agree that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by the preceding paragraphs, they will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts
and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 Section 4.18 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 
 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder
will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to a minimum amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a change of control offer (a “Change of Control
Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a payment (the “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within ten Business Days
following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to the Trustee and each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating: 
 (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.18 and that all Notes tendered will be
accepted for payment; 
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and
no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Company
defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the
Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry

  

 63 

 
transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of
business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that
such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are
being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000. 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance. 

(b) On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 

(2) by 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the Change in Control Payment Date, deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the
Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or
cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 
 The Paying Agent will promptly send to each Holder properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will
promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount
of $2,000 or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 The provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable
whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. 
  

 64 

 The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control
if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes
properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to this Indenture as described above under Article 3 unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable
redemption price. 
 Section 4.19 Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
 (1) the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or
sold or otherwise disposed of; and 
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash; provided, however, to the extent that any disposition in such Asset Sale was of Collateral, the non-cash consideration received is pledged as Collateral under the Collateral
Agreements simultaneously with such sale, in accordance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture. 
 For purposes of
this Section 4.19, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 
 (A) any liabilities, as shown on the
Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the
transferee of any such assets so long as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary are released from further liability; 
 (B) any securities, Notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are contemporaneously, subject to ordinary settlement periods, converted by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; and 
 (C) any stock or assets of
the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (4) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.19. 
 (b) Within 360 days
after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may apply such Net Proceeds: 
 (1) to repay or purchase Notes; 
  

 65 

 (2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital
Stock of, another Permitted Business of the Company, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, such Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (3) to make a capital expenditure for the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in the
Company’s Permitted Business. 
 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may invest the Net Proceeds
in the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements; provided that pending any such application, the proceeds of the Asset Sale, whether assets, property or cash,
are subject to the Lien of the Collateral Agreements. 
 (c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested
as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 4.19 will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will, within five Business Days thereof, make an offer
(the “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem
with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. 
 (d) The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
purchase, and will be payable in cash. 
 (e) If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the
Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements; provided that pending any such application, the proceeds of the Asset Sale, whether assets, property or cash, are
subject to a Lien under the Collateral Agreements. 
 (f) If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu
Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and the Company shall select such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis, provided
that applicable denominations of the Notes are preserved. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 
 The Company will not and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or suffer to exist any agreement that would place any restriction of any kind (other than pursuant to law or regulation)
on the ability of the Company to make an Asset Sale Offer. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To

  

 66 

 
the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance. 
 Section 4.20 Impairment of Security Interest. 
 Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
will take or omit to take any action which would adversely affect or impair in any material respect the Liens in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral, except as otherwise permitted or required by the Collateral
Agreements or this Indenture. Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will enter into any agreement that requires the proceeds received from any sale of Collateral to be applied to repay, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or
retire any Indebtedness of any Person, other than as permitted by this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements. 
 The Company
shall, and it shall cause each Guarantor to, at its sole cost and expense, execute and deliver all such agreements and instruments and take all further action as the Noteholder Collateral Agent or the Trustee shall reasonably request to more fully
or accurately describe the property intended to be Collateral or the obligations intended to be secured by the Collateral Agreements. The Company shall, and it shall cause each Guarantor to, at its sole cost and expense, file any such notice filings
or other agreements or instruments as may be reasonably necessary or desirable under applicable law to perfect the Liens created by the Collateral Agreements. 
 Any release of Collateral in accordance with Section 12.03 (“Release of Collateral”), and the Collateral Agreements will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture, and any
appraiser or other expert may rely on such provision in delivering a certificate requesting release so long as all other provisions of this Indenture with respect to such release have been complied with. 
 Section 4.21 Withholding Taxes 
 (a) All payments made on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor under or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantee must be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future tax,
duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) imposed or levied by or on behalf of any Specified Tax Jurisdiction or by any authority or agency therein or thereof
having power to tax (or the jurisdiction of incorporation of any successor of the Company or the Guarantors) (hereinafter “Taxes”), unless the Company or the applicable Guarantor, as applicable, are so required to withhold or deduct
Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency. 
 (b) If the
Company or any Guarantor (or any successor of any of them), as applicable, are so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantee, the Company or
such Guarantor (or any successor of any of them), as applicable, will be required to pay such additional amounts

  

 67 

 
(“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each Holder (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than
the amount the Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to payments made to a Holder (an “Excluded Holder”) in respect of
a beneficial owner: 
 (1) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of its being connected with any Specified Tax
Jurisdiction otherwise than by the mere holding of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder (or under the related Note Guarantee); 
 (2) which presents any Note for payment of principal more than 30 days after the later of (x) the date on which payment first became due and (y) if the full amount payable has not been received
by the Trustee on or prior to such due date, the date on which, the full amount payable having been so received, notice to that effect shall have been given to the Holders by the Trustee, except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled
to such Additional Amounts on presenting such Note for payment on the last day of the applicable 30-day period; 
 (3) which failed duly and timely to comply with a reasonable, timely request of the Company to provide information, documents or other evidence concerning the Holder’s nationality, residence, entitlement to treaty benefits, identity or
connection with any Specified Tax Jurisdiction or any political subdivision or authority thereof, if and to the extent that due and timely compliance with such request would have reduced or eliminated any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would
have otherwise been payable to such Holder but for this clause (3); 
 (4) on account of any estate, inheritance,
gift, sale, transfer, personal property or other similar Tax; 
 (5) which is a fiduciary, a partnership or not
the beneficial owner of any payment on a Note, if and to the extent that any beneficiary or settlor of such fiduciary, any partner in such partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment (as the case may be) would not have been entitled to
receive Additional Amounts with respect to such payment if such beneficiary, settlor, partner or beneficial owner had been the Holder of such Note; 
 (6) on account of Taxes imposed on a payment to an individual and required to be made pursuant to the European Union Directive on the taxation of savings, which was adopted on June 3, 2003, or any
law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, that directive; 
 (7) to the extent
the Additional Amount relates to any Taxes imposed on a Note presented for payment by or on behalf of a Holder who would have been able to avoid that withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note to another Paying Agent in a member state
of the European Union; or 
 (8) any combination of the foregoing numbered clauses of this Section. 

 

 68 

 (c) The Company or any applicable Guarantor (or any successor of any of them), as
applicable, will also make such withholding or deduction and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority as and when required in accordance with applicable law. The Company or any applicable Guarantor (or any successor of
any of them), as applicable, will furnish to the Trustee, within 30 days after the date the payment of any Taxes is due pursuant to applicable law, copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Company or such Guarantor (or any successor of
any of them), as applicable: 
 (1) in such form as provided in the normal course by the taxing authority
imposing such Taxes and as is reasonably available to the Company or such Guarantor (or any successor of any of them), as applicable; and 
 (2) certified by such taxing authority (or, if no such certification is available from such taxing authority, then by means of an Officers’ Certificate from the Company or such Guarantor (or any
successor of any of them), as applicable). 
 The Trustee shall thereafter make such evidence available to the Holders upon written request.

 (d) The Company or any Guarantor (or any successor of any of them), as applicable, will upon written request of each Holder
(other than an Excluded Holder), reimburse each such Holder for the amount of: 
 (1) any Taxes so levied or
imposed and paid by such Holder as a result of payments made under or with respect to the Notes, the Note Guarantee or a mortgaged vessel, as applicable; and 
 (2) any Taxes imposed with respect to any such reimbursement under the immediately preceding clause (1), but excluding any
Taxes on such Holder’s net income, so that the net amount received by such Holder after such reimbursement will not be less than the net amount the Holder would have received if Taxes (other than such Taxes on such Holder’s net income) on
such reimbursement had not been imposed. 
 (e) Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, (i) the
payment of principal, (ii) purchase or redemption prices in connection with a purchase or redemption of Notes, (iii) interest or (iv) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes, or any payment pursuant to the Note
Guarantee, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for in this section to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 
 (f) The foregoing obligations shall survive any defeasance or discharge of this Indenture. 
 (g) The Company or the Guarantor will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes,
charges or similar levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery, enforcement or registration of the Notes, the Note Guarantee or a Mortgage or other Collateral Agreement or any other document or instrument in relation thereto,
or the receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes, the Note Guarantee or a Mortgage or other Security Agreement, excluding such taxes, charges or similar levies imposed

  

 69 

 
by any jurisdiction outside of any Specified Tax Jurisdiction, the jurisdiction of incorporation of any successor of the Company or any jurisdiction in which a Paying Agent is located, and has
agreed to indemnify the Holders for any such taxes paid by such Holders. 
 Section 4.22 Parent Advance 
 On the Issue Date, (1) the Parent shall advance to the Company $19.1 million in cash (the “Parent Advance”) pursuant to
an equity contribution and (2) the Company will deposit $9.1 million of such advance into an escrow account for the purpose of making the first interest payment on the Notes, which escrow account shall be established by the Noteholder
Collateral Agent, pursuant to an escrow agreement (the “Advance Escrow Agreement”) containing customary terms pursuant to which the escrowed amount shall be released directly to the Trustee and Paying Agent under this Indenture,
without requiring prior Company notice or approval, to make such first interest payment. 
 Section 4.23 Topaz Driller Delivery
Date. 
 (a) On the date (the “Topaz Driller Delivery Date”) on which the Topaz Driller is delivered
by the Shipyard to, and accepted by, the Company, the Company covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, or to cause to be executed and delivered, and to do, or cause to be done, the documents or actions set out below: 
 (1) Delivery to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, of: 
 (A) A copy of the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance respecting the Topaz Driller executed by the Shipyard and the
Company; 
 (B) A copy of the full warranty Bill of Sale and Builder’s Certificate respecting the Topaz
Driller; 
 (C) A copy of the interim class certificate; 
 (D) A copy of the Panamanian Provisional Patent respecting the Topaz Driller; 
 (E) A copy of the Panamanian Certificate of Ownership and Encumbrance issued by the appropriate Panamanian authorities
evidencing provisional registration of the Topaz Driller under Panamanian flag in the name of the Company and provisional recording of the Ship Mortgage; 
 (F) A copy of the novated rig construction contract respecting the Topaz Driller; 
 (G) A copy of the Ship Mortgage covering the Topaz Driller duly executed by the Company and the Noteholder Collateral
Agent and duly filed with the Panamanian authorities; 
  

 70 

 (H) (a) Evidence of insurance respecting the Topaz Driller that
complies with the insurance requirements set forth in the Collateral Agreements, including copies of cover notes (with loss payable clause and notice of assignment attached), letter from protection and indemnity club, and letter detailing the
insurances from the Company’s independent marine insurance broker and (b) a favorable report from the Insurance Advisor addressed to the Trustee stating that the insurances covering the Topaz Driller (x) comply with the
requirements of the Ship Mortgage and (y) are sufficient in form and substance to protect the interests of the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the Holders. 
 (I) A copy of a duly executed Internal Charter, if any, together with a Charter Assignment relating thereto and an executed
Internal Charterer’s consent to assignment, respecting the Topaz Driller or an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Company has not entered into any Internal Charter; 
 (J) A copy of duly executed Drilling Contract respecting the Topaz Driller, if any, and the Company shall use
commercially reasonable effort to deliver a Drilling Contract Assignment and consent of the operator, or deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Company has not entered into any Drilling Contract; 
 (K) An opinion of the Company’s Panamanian legal counsel, in the form attached to the purchase agreement dated
December 18, 2009 between the Company and the initial purchasers; 
 (L) A bring-down opinion of the
Company’s Cayman Islands legal counsel, in the form attached to the purchase agreement dated December 18, 2009 between the Company, the Guarantor and the initial purchasers; and 
 (M) Any additional Uniform Commercial Code, Companies’ Registry or other similar filings or notices or recordings
requested by the Trustee to perfect the security interests or Liens granted, or intended to be granted, by any Collateral Agreement. 
 Section 4.24 Post-Topaz Driller Delivery Date. 
 The Company will: 
 (a) simultaneously with the execution and delivery of any Internal Charter, subsequent to the Issue Date and from time to time whenever such
is entered into, deliver to the Trustee an executed copy of such Internal Charter and execute and deliver to the Trustee an Assignment of Charter respecting such Internal Charter together with a consent of the Internal Charterer and will cause any
Internal Charterer to execute and deliver an Insurance Assignment; 
 (b) simultaneously with the execution and delivery of any
Drilling Contract (by the Company or an Internal Charterer), subsequent to the Issue Date and from time to time whenever such are entered into, deliver to the Trustee an executed copy of such Drilling Contract and

  

 71 

 
execute and deliver or, as appropriate, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Internal Charterer to execute and deliver, an Assignment of Drilling Contract; 
 (c) within three Business Days after the execution of an Assignment as described in sub-clauses (a) or (b) above, prepare and file
all appropriate Companies’ Registry filings, UCC filings, notices and executed consents as may be necessary to perfect the interests thereby assigned; and 
 (d) within three Business Days after the execution of an Assignment as described in sub-clauses (a) or (b) above, deliver a legal opinion of appropriate Company counsel or counsels stating that
such Drilling Contract, Internal Charter and Assignment, as the case may be, constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and/or the Internal Charterer, as the case may be; and 
 (e) within three Business Days after the execution of an Assignment described in sub-clauses (a) or (b) above and the other items
required pursuant to Section 4.14 (“Additional Note Guarantees”), deliver an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
 (a) Neither the Parent nor the Company will, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Parent or the Company, as applicable, is the surviving
Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of, with respect to the Parent, the Parent (other than with respect to the assets and Equity Interests of Excluded
Parent Subsidiaries), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or, with respect to the Company, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, in each case, in one or more related transactions, to another Person,
unless: 
 (1) either: (a) the Parent or the Company, as applicable, is the surviving Person; or
(b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent or the Company, as the case may be) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person
organized or existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; 
 (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent or the Company, as applicable) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Parent or the Company, as applicable, under the Notes, Note Guarantees and the other Obligations under this Indenture, as applicable, this Indenture, and the Collateral Agreements pursuant
to a supplemental indenture or an amendment thereto, as applicable, in each case reasonable satisfactory in form to the Trustee and the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as applicable (it being agreed that if the Company merges with or into the Parent,
the Parent must assume all such obligations of the Company),

  

 72 

 
provided that, if such Person is a limited liability company or a limited partnership, then the Parent, the Company or such Person shall have the Notes assumed or issued, on a joint and
several basis, with a corporation in which it owns 100% of the Equity Interests; 
 (3) immediately after such
transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
 (4) except with respect to a transaction solely
between the Parent, the Company and/or any Guarantor, the Parent, the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent or the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred on the first day of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to
incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (1) or (2), as the case may be, of clause (a) of Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of Preferred Stock”). 
 In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of it and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to any other Person. 
 (5) This Section 5.01 will not apply to any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company, any Guarantor
and any Restricted Subsidiary. Clauses (3) and (4) of paragraph (a) of this Section will not apply to a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction. 

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent, the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 (“Merger, Consolidation; Sale of Assets”) hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with
which the Parent, the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries is or are merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such
consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Parent” or the “Company,” as applicable, shall refer instead to the successor Person
and not to the Parent, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries), and may exercise every right and power of the Parent, the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had
been named as the Parent, Company or Restricted Subsidiaries herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Parent, Company or Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the
Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Parent’s, Company’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 (“Merger,
Consolidation; Sale of Assets”) hereof. 
  

 73 

 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Section 6.01 Events of Default. 
 Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 
 (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest with respect to the Notes; 
 (2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on,
the Notes; 
 (3) failure by the Parent or the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the
provisions described under Section 3.09 (“Special Mandatory Redemption”), Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”), Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”),
Section 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”), Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) or Section 5.01 (“Merger, Consolidation; Sale of Assets”); 
 (4) failure by the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee
or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture (120 days with respect to Section 4.17 (“Reports”),
subject to the following paragraph); 
 (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there
may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Parent, the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default: 
 (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default
(a “Payment Default”); or 
 (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its
express maturity, 
 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such
Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more; 
  

 74 

 (6) failure by the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries to pay
final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $10.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after the due date thereof; 
 (7) breach by the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any material representation or warranty or agreement in
the Collateral Agreements, the repudiation by the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any of its obligations under the Collateral Agreements or the unenforceability of the Collateral Agreements against the Parent, the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary for any reason; 
 (8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in
any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee;

 (9) the Parent, the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any
group of their Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case; 
 (B) consents to the entry of an
order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 
 (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or
for all or substantially all of its property; 
 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
or 
 (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and 
 (10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (A) is for relief against the Parent, the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or
any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent or the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
 (B) appoints a custodian of the Parent, the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent or the Company that,
taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Parent, the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of
the Parent or the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
  

 75 

 (C) orders the liquidation of the Parent, the Company or any of their
Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent or the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
 Notwithstanding the above, if the Company elects, the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to the failure to comply with
Section 4.17 (“Reports”), and/or for failure to comply with the requirements of Section 314(a)(1) of the TIA will, for the 60 days after the occurrence of such an Event of Default, consist exclusively of the right to receive
additional interest on the Notes at an annual rate equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding over such portion of the 60-day period immediately following such Event of Default during which such Event of Default is
continuing (such interest, “Special Interest”). In the event the Company does not elect to pay the Special Interest, upon an Event of Default under this Section, the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided below in
Section 6.02 (“Acceleration”). The Special Interest will accrue on all outstanding Notes from and including the date on which an Event of Default relating to a failure to comply with Section 4.17 (“Reports”) and/or for
any failure to comply with the requirements of Section 314(a)(1) of the TIA first occurs to, but not including, the 60th day thereafter (or such earlier date on which the Event of Default relating to such failure shall have been cured or
waived) and will be payable in the same manner as Special Interest. On such 60th day (or earlier, if the Event of Default relating to such failure is cured or waived prior to such 60th day) such Special Interest will cease to accrue and the Notes
will be subject to acceleration, as provided below in Section 6.02 (“Acceleration”), if the Event of Default is continuing. This provision will not affect the rights of Holders in the event of the occurrence of any other Event of
Default. 
 Notwithstanding the above, any shortfall in payment, made necessary by the existence of de minimus dollar
amounts that cannot be divided equally among the Holders shall in no way be considered a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture. 
 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
 In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or
(10) of Section 6.01 (“Events of Default”) hereof, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. 
 Section 6.03
Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect
the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  

 76 

 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does
not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence
in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

 Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may
on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes
(including in connection with a redemption or an offer to purchase right of Holders pursuant to Article 3); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an
acceleration and its consequences, including any related Payment Default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for
every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 
 Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may also withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any
continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest or premium. 
 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 
 Subject to Section 7.01 (“Duties of Trustee”), in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under
this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of
principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
  

 77 

 (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity
against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days
after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 
 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates
expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder;
provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in
the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien. 
 Section 6.08
Collection Suit by Trustee or Noteholder Collateral Agent. 
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or
(2) (“Events of Default”) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent may recover judgment (a) in its own name and (b)(1) in the case of the Trustee, as Trustee of an express trust or
(2) in the case of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as collateral agent on behalf of the Holders, in each case against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest
on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the
Noteholder Collateral Agent and their respective agents and counsel. 
 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee shall be authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
have the claims of the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and their respective agents and counsel) and
the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other
property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian or trustee in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee or the Noteholder

  

 78 

 
Collateral Agent, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent under the Collateral Agreements and
Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions,
dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to
authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee or the
Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the case may be, to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10
Priorities. 
 Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this
Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order: 
 First: to the Trustee, the
Noteholder Collateral Agent, the Paying Agent and the Registrar for amounts due under Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made,
by the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the case may be, and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal,
premium, if any and interest, respectively; and 
 Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of
competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a Record Date and Interest Payment Date for any payment to Holders
pursuant to this Section. 
 Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral
Agent, as the case may be, for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and
the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This
Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee or the

  

 79 

 
Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the case may be, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 (“Rights of Holders to Receive Payment”) hereof, or a suit by Holders of more
than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the
rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the form requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this
paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
 (2) the Trustee will not be liable
for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 (“Control by Majority”) hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein
expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under
this Indenture or the Collateral Agreements at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
  

 80 

 (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely
upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The
Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel
will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed
with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to
be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided
in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
 (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the
Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever
(including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee
acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and
duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 (“Eligibility; Disqualification”) and 7.11 (“Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company”) hereof. 
  

 81 

 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Collateral
Agreements or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible
for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the
Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders a notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs or if discovered later than 90 days, promptly after such discovery. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or Interest on, any Note,
the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
 (a) Within 60 days after each December 15th beginning with the December 15th following the Issue Date, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the
Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).
The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 
 (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed
in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 
 Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 
 (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee, Noteholder Collateral
Agent, Paying Agent and Registrar (each, an “Indemnified Party”) from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements and services hereunder and thereunder; provided that the
compensation set forth in any written fee agreement executed in connection herewith shall be deemed reasonable. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a Trustee of an express trust. The Company will
reimburse each Indemnified Party promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation,
disbursements and expenses of the Indemnified Party’s agents and counsel. 
  

 82 

 (b) The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify the Indemnified Party against any and all
losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture or the Collateral Agreements, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture
against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of
any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Indemnified Party will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.
Failure by the Indemnified Party to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder or under the Collateral Agreements. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the
Indemnified Party will cooperate in the defense. Each Indemnified Party may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel if (i) the Company shall have failed to assume the defense thereof or
employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, or (ii) the Trustee has been advised by such counsel that there may be one or more defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company.
Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 
 (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the termination of the Collateral Agreements. 
 (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, each Indemnified Party will have a Lien prior
to the Notes on all money, Collateral or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, or the Noteholder Collateral Agent in its capacity as Noteholder Collateral Agent, except, in the case of the Trustee, that held in trust
to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes pursuant to Article 8 hereof. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e) When an Indemnified Party incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(9) or (10) (“Events of Default”) hereof occurs, the expenses and
the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the
Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 (“Eligibility; Disqualification”) hereof; 
  

 83 

 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for
relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer
takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
 (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the
retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10 (“Eligibility; Disqualification”) hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders.
The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07
(“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof will continue for the
benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee. As soon as practicable, the successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Company and the Holders. Any such successor must nevertheless be
eligible and qualified under the provisions of Section 7.10 (“Eligibility; Disqualification”) hereof. 
  

 84 

 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate Trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0
million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture will always have a Trustee who
satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
 Section 7.11
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 Section 7.12 Trustee in Other Capacities; Noteholder Collateral Agent and Paying Agent. 
 References to the Trustee in Sections 7.01(b) and (f) (“Duties of Trustee”), 7.02 (“Rights of Trustee”), 7.03 (“Individual Rights of Trustee”), 7.04
(“Trustee’s Disclaimer”), 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”), and 7.08 (“Replacement of Trustee”) shall be understood to include the Trustee when acting in its other capacities under this Indenture, including,
without limitation, as Paying Agent and Noteholder Collateral Agent. Without limiting the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, such Sections shall be read to apply to the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agreements, mutatis
mutandis, in addition to this Indenture. The privileges, rights, indemnities, immunities and exculpatory provisions contained in this Indenture shall apply to the Trustee, whether it is acting under this Indenture, the other Indenture Documents
and any Intercreditor Agreement. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set
forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) or 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set
forth below in this Article 8. 
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 (“Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof of the
option applicable to this Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”), the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or
Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied

  

 85 

 
(hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, “Legal Defeasance” means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire
Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 (“Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held
in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions”) hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this
Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest
or premium, if any, on, such Notes (including in connection with any redemption or purchase of Notes pursuant to Article 3) when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.05 (“Deposited Money and Government Securities
to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions”) hereof; 
 (2) the Company’s obligations with
respect to the Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 (“Maintenance of Office or Agency”) hereof concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or
agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; 
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and
immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (4) this Section and Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) of this Indenture. 
 Subject to
compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”)
hereof. 
 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 (“Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 (“Covenant
Defeasance”), the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, be released from each of their obligations
under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”), 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”), 4.09 (“Liens”), 4.10 (“Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries”), 4.11 (“Transactions with Affiliates”), 4.12 (“Business Activities”), 4.13 (“Credit Rating for the Notes”), 4.14 (“Additional Note Guarantees”), 4.15 (“Designation of Restricted and
Unrestricted Subsidiaries”), 4.16 (“Payments for Consent”), 4.17 (“Reports”), 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”) and 4.19 (“Asset Sales”), 4.20 (“Impairment of Security
Interest”), 4.12 (“Withholding Taxes”), 4.22 (“Parent Advance”), 4.23 (“Topaz Driller Delivery Date”) and

  

 86 

 
4.24 (“Post-Topaz Driller Delivery Date”) hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 (“Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”) and Article 12 hereof with respect to the
outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be
deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding”
for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other
document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 (“Events of Default”) hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note
Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 (“Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03
(“Covenant Defeasance”), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(8) (“Events of Default”) hereof
will not constitute Events of Default. 
 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and
Discharge”) or 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof: 
 (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit
with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in
the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable
Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular Redemption Date; 
 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that
(a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the
effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  

 87 

 (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company must deliver to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit)
and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under,
any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the
Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and 
 (7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
 Section 8.05 Deposited
Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06
(“Repayment to Company”) hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying Trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section, the “Trustee”)
pursuant to Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held (i) held in trust, (ii) at the written direction of the Company, such money may be invested,
prior to maturity of the Notes, in Government Securities, and (iii) applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company
acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law. 
 The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or
assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such
tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  

 88 

 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay
to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof which, in the opinion of a
nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant
Defeasance”) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06 Repayment to Company. 
 Subject to any unclaimed property
law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium,
if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for
payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money or Government Securities, and all liability of the Company as Trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such
Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times or The Wall Street Journal, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified
therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable
to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Sections 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) or 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of
any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and
reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) or 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such
money in accordance with Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) or 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium,
if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying
Agent. 
  

 89 

 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders.

 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 (“With Consent of Holders”) of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the
Trustee and, if any amendment or supplement relates to any Collateral Agreement, the Noteholder Collateral Agent, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Agreements, the Note Guarantees or the Intercreditor Agreement (if
any) without the consent of any Holder of Note: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 
 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders and Note Guarantees in
the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable; 
 (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; 
 (5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

 (6) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any
provision of the Description of Notes to the extent that such provision in the Description of Notes was intended to be set forth, verbatim or in substance, in a provision of this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements, the Notes or the Note
Guarantees, which intent shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate to that effect; 
 (7) to evidence
and provide for the acceptance of the appointment under this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements of a successor Trustee or Noteholder Collateral Agent; 
 (8) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Intercreditor Agreement (if any),
provided that the actions pursuant to this clause will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Parent and the Company; 
 (9) to enter into additional or supplemental Collateral Agreements; 
 (10) to release Collateral when permitted or required by this Indenture or the Collateral Agreements; 
 (11) to provide for the issuance of additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the
date of this Indenture, including Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”); 
  

 90 

 (12) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a
Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes; 
 (13) to enter into, and to perfect security interests and Liens
granted therein, the Collateral Agreements and transactions contemplated thereby respecting Panamanian registration of the Topaz Driller and its mortgaging; or 
 (14) to accept and consent to, and to take all steps to perfect a security interest under, Collateral Agreements to be
granted subsequent to the Issue Date respecting Drilling Contracts and Internal Charters and insurances covering the Topaz Driller. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the
documents described in Section 7.02(b) (“Rights of Trustee”) hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this
Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities
under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders. 
 Except as provided in Section 9.01 (“Without Consent of Holders”) and in this Section, this Indenture, the Notes, the
Collateral Agreements, the Note Guarantees or the Intercreditor Agreement (if any) may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Agreements or
the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or
exchange offer for, Notes). Sections 2.08 (“Outstanding Notes”) and Section 2.09 (“Treasury Notes”) hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section.

 Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder): 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver; 
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the
provisions with respect to the purchase or redemption of the Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under Sections 3.07 (“Optional Redemption”), 3.08 (“Optional Redemption for Changes in Withholding
Taxes”), Section 3.09 (“Special Mandatory Redemption”), 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control”) and 4.19 (“Asset Sales”)); 
  

 91 

 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any
Note; 
 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, premium, if any, on
the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the Payment Default that resulted from such acceleration); 
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 
 (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to
receive payments of principal of, or interest on the Notes; 
 (7) waive a redemption or repurchase payment with
respect to any Note (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under Sections 3.07 (“Optional Redemption”), 3.08 (“Optional Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes”), Section 3.09
(“Special Mandatory Redemption”), 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control”) and 4.19 (“Asset Sales”)); 
 (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (9) release all or substantially all of the Collateral, including from Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Agreements,
otherwise than in accordance with this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements; or 
 (10) make any change in the
preceding amendment and waiver provisions. 
 Section 9.03 Compliance with TIA. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the
TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms
and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a Record Date for the purpose of
determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a Record Date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons

  

 92 

 
who were Holders at such Record Date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment or waiver or to revoke any consent previously
given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such Record Date. 
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.
The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or
waiver. 
 Section 9.06 Trustee and Noteholder Collateral Agent to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee and/or the Noteholder Collateral Agent will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if
the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee and/or the Noteholder Collateral Agent. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of
the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee and/or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the case may be, will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 (“Duties of Trustee”)
hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 (“Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent”) hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating
that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE 10

 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section 10.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of
further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder when: 
 (1) either: 
 (A) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes
for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (B) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within
one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in

  

 93 

 
U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any
reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 
 (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event
of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by
which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid
all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the
Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause
(B) of clause (1) of this Section, the provisions of Sections 10.02 (“Application of Trust Money”) and 8.06 (“Repayment to Company”) hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section will be deemed to discharge
those provisions of Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 Section 10.02 Application of Trust Money. 
 Subject to the provisions
of Section 8.05 (“Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions”) hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.01 (“Satisfaction and Discharge”)
hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with
Section 10.01 (“Satisfaction and Discharge”) hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the
Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 10.01 (“Satisfaction and Discharge”) hereof;

  

 94 

 
provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to
the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 11 
 GUARANTEES 
 Section 11.01 Guarantee. 
 (a) Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees on a senior secured basis to the extent, with respect to security, set forth in Article 12 and the Collateral Agreements, to
each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and the Noteholder Collateral Agent and their respective successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes, the
Collateral Agreements or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 
 (1) the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the
Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee and the Noteholder Collateral Agent hereunder or thereunder or under any Collateral Agreement will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in
accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
 (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal
of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 
 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly
and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
 (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes, any Collateral Agreement or this Indenture, the
absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance
which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company,
any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this
Indenture. 
  

 95 

 (c) If any Holder, the Noteholder Collateral Agent or the Trustee is required by any court
or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee, the Noteholder Collateral
Agent or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further
agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6
hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of
such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek
contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee. 
 Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each
Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform
Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such
Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of each such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections
from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not
constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
 Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. 
 To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 (“Guarantee”) hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation
of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be signed by an Officer of such Guarantor (by manual or facsimile signature) on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be
executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth
in Section 11.01 (“Guarantee”) hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
  

 96 

 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds
that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 

In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Subsidiary after the Issue Date, if required
by Section 4.14 (“Additional Note Guarantees”) hereof, the Company will cause such Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.14 (“Additional Note Guarantees”) hereof and this Article 11, to the extent
applicable. 
 Section 11.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 (“Releases”) hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 
 (1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
 (2) either: 
 (A) subject to Section 11.05 (“Releases”) hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger
assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee and the Collateral Agreements pursuant to a supplemental indenture reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee; or 
 (B) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this
Indenture and the Collateral Agreements. 
 provided, however, that the transfer, sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, of
all or substantially all of the assets of, directly or indirectly, the Guarantors as a whole will be governed by Article 5 and Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) and may be subject to Section 4.18 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change
of Control”). 
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor
Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this
Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or
all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon

  

 97 

 
all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same
legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 Section 11.05 Releases. 
 The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released: 
 (1) in
connection with any transfer, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the
Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) or Article 5 of this Indenture and complies with the Collateral Agreements; 
 (2) in connection with any transfer, sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that
is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, if the transfer, sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) or Article 5 of this
Indenture and complies with the Collateral Agreements; 
 (3) if the Parent or Company designates any Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or 
 (4) upon Legal Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as provided under Sections 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”), 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) and 10.01
(“Satisfaction and Discharge”). 
 Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as
provided in this Section will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11. 
 ARTICLE 12 
 SECURITY

 Section 12.01 Grant of Security Interests; Intercreditor Agreement. 
 (a) The Company and the Guarantors: 
 (1) shall grant a security interest in the Collateral as set forth in the Collateral Agreements to the Noteholder Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders and the Trustee, to secure the due and
punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and amounts due hereunder and under the Note Guarantees when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at Stated Maturity thereof, on an

  

 98 

 
Interest Payment Date, by acceleration, purchase, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest (to the extent permitted by law), if
any, on the Notes and the performance of all other Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the Trustee under this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements, the Note Guarantees and the Notes,
subject to the terms of any Intercreditor Agreement and any other Permitted Liens; 
 (2) hereby covenant
(A) to perform and observe their obligations under the Collateral Agreements and (B) take any and all commercially reasonable actions (including without limitation the covenants set forth in Section 4.20 (“Impairment of Security
Interest”), Section 4.23 (“Topaz Driller Delivery Date”) and Section 4.24 (“Post-Topaz Driller Delivery Date”) and in this Article) required to cause the Collateral Agreements to create and maintain,
as security for the Obligations contained in this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Agreements and the Note Guarantees valid and enforceable, perfected (except as expressly provided herein or therein) security interests in and on all the
Collateral, in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons, and subject to no other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), in each case, except as expressly permitted herein, therein or in any
Intercreditor Agreement; 
 (3) shall warrant and defend the title to the Collateral against the claims of all
persons, subject to any Intercreditor Agreement and any Permitted Liens; and 
 (4) shall do or cause to be done,
at their sole cost and expense, all such actions and things as may be necessary, or as may be required by the provisions of the Collateral Agreements, to confirm to the Noteholder Collateral Agent the security interests in the Collateral
contemplated hereby and by the Collateral Agreements, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes and Note Guarantees secured hereby, according to the intent
and purpose herein and therein expressed. 
 (b) Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note: 
 (1) appoints the Noteholder Collateral Agent to act as its agent (and by its signature below, the Noteholder Collateral Agent
accepts such appointment); 
 (2) consents and agrees to the terms of each Collateral Agreement, as the same may
be in effect or may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with their respective terms, and authorizes and directs the Noteholder Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Agreements and to
perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith; and 
 (3) appoints and
authorizes the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the Trustee to enter, at a future date, into an Intercreditor Agreement with an LC Collateral Agent; or 
 (4) any bank or financial institution that intends to provide, or is in fact providing, an LC Facility to the Company or any Guarantor. 
  

 99 

 (c) This Article 12, the Security Agreement and the other Collateral Agreements (other than
any Intercreditor Agreement) will be subject to the terms, limitations and conditions set forth in any Intercreditor Agreement. 
 (d) The Trustee will determine the circumstances and manner in which the Collateral will be disposed of, including, but not limited to, the determination of whether to release all or any portion of the Collateral from the Liens created by
the Collateral Agreements and whether to foreclose on the Collateral following a Default or Event of Default. 
 Section 12.02 Recording
and Opinions. 
 (a) The Company shall, and shall cause each of the Guarantors to, at their sole cost and expense, take or
cause to be taken all commercially reasonable action required to perfect (except as expressly provided in the Collateral Agreements), maintain (with the priority required under the Collateral Agreements), preserve and protect the security interests
in the Collateral granted by the Collateral Agreements, including (i) the filing of financing statements, continuation statements, collateral assignments and any instruments of further assurance, in such manner and in such places as may be
required by law to preserve and protect fully the rights of the Holders, the Noteholder Collateral Agent, and the Trustee under this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements to all property comprising the Collateral pursuant to the terms of the
Collateral Agreements, and (ii) the delivery of the certificates, if any, evidencing the certificated securities pledged under the Collateral Agreements, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by undated stock powers or other instruments of
transfer executed in blank. The Company shall from time to time promptly pay all financing and continuation statement recording and/or filing fees, charges and recording and similar taxes relating to this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements and any
amendments hereto or thereto and any other instruments of further assurance required pursuant thereto. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will be permitted to take any action, or omit to take any action, which action or omission might or would
have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Notes Collateral Agent, the Trustee or the Holders except as expressly set forth herein, in any Intercreditor Agreement or the
Collateral Agreements. 
 (b) If property of a type constituting Collateral is acquired by the Company or any Guarantor that is
not automatically subject to a Lien or perfected security interest under the Collateral Agreements or there is a new Guarantor, then the Company or such Guarantor will, as soon as practicable after such property’s acquisition or such Subsidiary
becoming a Guarantor and in any event within 10 Business Days, grant Liens on such property (or, in the case of a new Guarantor, all of its assets constituting the type that is Collateral) in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent and deliver
certain certificates (including in the case of real property title insurance) in respect thereof as required by this Indenture or the Collateral Agreements and take all necessary steps to perfect the security interest represented by such Liens.

 (c) The Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (if other than the Trustee), on or within one month of
December 31 of each year, commencing December 31, 2009, an Opinion of Counsel either (1) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all action necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of the security interests created by the
Collateral Agreements and reciting the details of such action or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in

  

 100 

 
which such details are given have been taken or (2) stating that, in the Opinion of such Counsel, no such action is necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of any security interest
created under any of the Collateral Agreements. 
 Section 12.03 Release of Collateral. 
 (a) The Company and the Guarantors will be entitled to releases of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing Obligations
under this Indenture under any one or more of the following circumstances: 
 (1) upon the full and final payment
and performance of all Obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantee and the Collateral Agreements; 
 (2) with respect to any asset constituting Collateral (other than the Capital Stock of the Company), if such Collateral is sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the terms of Section 4.19
(“Asset Sales”) and the Collateral Agreements and the Company has delivered to the Noteholder Collateral Agent an Officers’ Certificate certifying to such effect; provided that (a) any cash received from a disposition of
Collateral will be required to be deposited in a deposit account controlled by the Company and held as Collateral subject to the Liens pending its application or use in compliance with Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”) and, from such
deposit account, the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may withdraw funds to deploy the proceeds of an Asset Sale in compliance with Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”); and (b) to the extent that any disposition in such
Asset Sale was of Collateral, the non-cash consideration received is pledged as Collateral under the Collateral Agreements substantially simultaneously with such sale, in accordance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture and the
Collateral Agreements; 
 (3) upon legal or covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Notes as
provided in Sections 8.02, 8.03 and 10.01 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge,” “Covenant Defeasance” and “Satisfaction and Discharge,” respectively); 
 (4) with respect to an applicable Subsidiary, upon the occurrence of a Contract Unwind Trigger; or 
 (5) if any Guarantor is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including by virtue
of such Guarantor ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary), that Guarantor’s assets will also be released from the Liens securing its Note Guarantee and the other Obligations. 
 (b) In addition to the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantor will comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314. To the extent
applicable, the Company and the Guarantor will comply with TIA Section 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA Section 314(d), relating to the release of property or securities or relating to the substitution therefore of any property or
securities to be subjected to the Lien of the security documents. Any certificate or opinion required by TIA Section 314(d) may be made by an Officer of the Parent or the Company except in cases where TIA Section 314(d) requires that such
certificate or opinion be made by an

  

 101 

 
independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, neither the Parent nor the Company will be
required to comply with all or any portion of TIA Section 314(d) if it determines, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of TIA Section 314(d) and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the
SEC, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of TIA Section 314(d) is inapplicable to one or a series of released Collateral. 
 (c) Upon receipt of any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall
execute, deliver or acknowledge such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Collateral Agreements, including the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 (d) The release of any Collateral from the terms of the Collateral Agreements shall not be deemed to impair the security under this
Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral is released pursuant to this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements. 
 Section 12.04 Form and Sufficiency of Release. 
 In the event that the
Company or any Guarantor has sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of or proposes to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any portion of the Collateral that may be sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of by the Company or any Guarantor to any
Person other than the Company or a Guarantor, and the Company or any Guarantor requests in writing that the Noteholder Collateral Agent furnish a written disclaimer, release or quit-claim of any interest in such property under this Indenture and the
Collateral Agreements, the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company or such Guarantor (in proper form prepared by the Company or such Guarantor) such an instrument promptly after satisfaction of the
conditions set forth herein for delivery of any such release. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, all purchasers and grantees of any property or rights purporting to be released herefrom shall be entitled to rely upon any release executed by the
Noteholder Collateral Agent hereunder as sufficient for the purpose of this Indenture and as constituting a good and valid release of the property therein described from the Lien of this Indenture or of the Collateral Agreements. 
 Section 12.05 Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Noteholder Collateral Agent Under the Collateral Agreements. 
 Subject to the provisions of the applicable Collateral Agreements, the Trustee and each Holder, by acceptance of any Notes agrees that
(a) the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver the Collateral Agreements, and all agreements, documents and instruments incidental thereto, and act in accordance with the terms thereof, (b) the Noteholder Collateral Agent
may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Trustee or the Holders, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to (i) enforce any of the terms of the Collateral Agreements and (ii) collect and receive any
and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors hereunder and under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Collateral

  

 102 

 
Agreements and (c) the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall have power to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the
Collateral by any act that may be unlawful or in violation of the Collateral Agreements or this Indenture, and suits and proceedings as the Noteholder Collateral Agent may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the
Trustee and the Holders in the Collateral (including the power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be
unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest thereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, the Holders or the
Trustee). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Noteholder Collateral Agent may, at the expense of the Company, request the direction of the Holders with respect to any such actions and upon receipt of the written consent of the Holders of at least a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, shall take such actions; provided that all actions so taken shall, at all times, be in conformity with the requirements of any future Intercreditor Agreement, if applicable.

 Section 12.06 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Agreements. 
 The Noteholder Collateral Agent is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of itself, the Trustee and the Holders distributed under
the Collateral Agreements and to the extent not prohibited under any future Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, for turnover to the Trustee to make further distributions of such funds to itself, the Trustee and the Holders in accordance with the
provisions of Section 6.10 (“Priorities”) and the other provisions of this Indenture. 
 Section 12.07 Replacement of
Noteholder Collateral Agent. 
 A resignation or removal of the Noteholder Collateral Agent and appointment of a successor
Noteholder Collateral Agent may be effected pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement. 
 Section 12.08 Further Assurances.

 (a) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will enter into any agreement that requires the proceeds received from any sale of
Collateral to be applied to repay, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire any Indebtedness of any Person, other than as permitted or required to by this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements or any Intercreditor Agreement. 
 (b) To the extent that any instrument, Mortgage or other document is required to be delivered to give effect to and perfect the Liens
(including with respect to the Topaz Driller when title thereto becomes legally vested in the Company), the Company and the Guarantors will be required to use their commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such instruments, Mortgages and/or
other documents as soon as possible but in no event later than 10 Business Days following the Issue Date or, if an asset is acquired or delivered after the Issue Date, not later than 10 Business Days after such acquisition or delivery date. Upon the
occurrence of a Contract Winning Trigger, the Parent or the Company shall cause the applicable Subsidiary to

  

 103 

 
pledge its assets and property pursuant to the Collateral Agreements to become part of the Collateral subject to the Liens and shall perfect such Liens as soon as practicable but not later than
10 Business Days after the date of such Contract Winning Trigger; and such Liens shall be released upon the occurrence of a Contract Unwind Trigger, provided that no assets or property have been transferred or sold, directly or indirectly, by the
Company or a Guarantor to such applicable Subsidiary that is subject to Section 4.19 (“Asset Sales”). 
 (c) The
Parent and the Company shall, and they shall cause any Guarantor to, at their sole cost and expense, (i) execute and deliver all such agreements and instruments and take all further action as the Noteholder Collateral Agent or the Trustee shall
reasonably request to more fully or accurately describe the property intended to be Collateral or the obligations intended to be secured by the Collateral Agreements; and (ii) file any such notice filings or other agreements or instruments as
may be reasonably necessary under applicable law to perfect the Liens created by the Collateral Agreements. 
 ARTICLE 13

 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 13.01 TIA Controls. 
 The terms of the Notes include those stated herein and those made part of
this Indenture by the TIA, which applies to this Indenture and is incorporated by reference herein. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control.

 Section 13.02 Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail
(registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 
 Vantage Drilling Company 
 777 Post Oak Boulevard 
 Suite 610 
 Houston, Texas 77056 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 Facsimile: 281-404-4749 
 If to the Trustee and Noteholder Collateral Agent: 
 Wilmington Trust FSB 
 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105 
 Guilford, Connecticut 06437 
 Attention: Joseph P. O’Donnell 
 Facsimile No.: (203) 453-1183 
  

 104 

 The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional
or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to
Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and
the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery or by electronic means to its address shown on the
register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not
affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above
within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If the Company mails a notice or
communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if
given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the customary procedures of such Depositary. 
 A copy of
this Indenture, the Escrow Agreements and the Collateral Agreements may be requested in writing by a Holder for no charge. 
 Section 13.03
Communication by Holders with Other Holders. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders
with respect to their rights under this Indenture, any Collateral Agreement, any Note Guarantee or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Noteholder Collateral Agent the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

 Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the case may be, to take any action
under this Indenture or any Collateral Agreement, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the case may be: 
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the case may be (which must include the statements set forth in
Section 13.05 (“Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion”) hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture or any Collateral Agreement relating
to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
  

 105 

 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 (“Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion”) hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been
satisfied. 
 Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture or any Collateral
Agreement (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include: 
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
 Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
 The Trustee may make
reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
 No present, past or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the
Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture or the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Agreements or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by
accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
  

 106 

 Section 13.08 Governing Law. 
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES AND THE
COLLATERAL AGREEMENTS. 
 Section 13.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 13.10 Successors.

 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee and the
Noteholder Collateral Agent in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 (“Releases”) hereof. 
 Section 13.11 Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 13.12 Counterpart Originals. 
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 Section 13.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this
Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 [Signatures on following page]

  

 107 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

			
	P2021 RIG CO.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul Bragg

		 	Name: Paul Bragg
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	VANTAGE DRILLING COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul Bragg

		 	Name: Paul Bragg
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Joseph P. O’ Donnell

		 	Name: Joseph P. O’Donnell
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Noteholder Collateral Agent
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Joseph P. O’ Donnell

		 	Name: Joseph P. O’Donnell
		 	Title: Vice President

 Vantage Drilling Company Indenture Signature PageLease Agreement

 Exhibit 10.32 
 LEASE AGREEMENT 
 THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of
the 30 day of June, 2009, by and between EastGroup Properties, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and Leslie’s Poolmart, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). 
 WITNESSETH: 
 1. Premises.
Landlord, in consideration of the payments to it by Tenant of the rents herein contained, while Tenant agrees to pay, and in consideration of the performance by Tenant of the covenants hereinafter provided, which Tenant agrees to fully and promptly
perform, does hereby lease to Tenant approximately 30,300 square feet of space, hereinafter referred to as the “Premises,” as shown on the plan attached hereto as “Exhibit A” and incorporated herein by
reference, located within Sunbelt Distribution Center II (the “Center”). The address of the Premises is 1260 LaQuinta Drive, Suite 400, Orlando, FL 32809. For purposes of calculating sums owed under this Lease,
it is agreed that the Premises constitutes approximately 50% of the total leasable area within  ̈ the Building, or x the Center in which it
is located. Said percentage is hereinafter referred to as Tenant’s Share. If the size of the Premises, or Building/Center is for any reason adjusted, Tenant’s pro rata share shall be likewise adjusted accordingly. 
 2. Term. The term of this Lease shall be for a period of ninty-five (95) months beginning December 1, 2009 (the
“Commencement Date”), and ending on October 31, 2017. This period (including any renewals), shall be referred to as the “Term”. 
 3. Rent. As “Rent” for the use and occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without demand, deduction or offset (except as expressly allowed in this Lease), as an
independent covenant of all other covenants of this Lease, in lawful money of The United States of America, “Base Rent” as set forth in subparagraph (b) below, “Operating Expenses” (based on an initial estimated annual
Operating Expense Factor of $42,723.00 described in Section 6, “Operating Expenses”), and State of Florida sales tax (“Sales Tax”) on all amounts due from Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease, all sums
payable in twelve (12) equal payments plus, in advance on the first day of each and every month. 
 With respect to rents, the parties also
agree as follows: 
 (a) Tenant has deposited with Landlord simultaneously with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, the sum of
$15,326.75 plus all applicable Sales Tax for a total of $16.322.99 which will be credited to Tenant for payment of the first month’s building operating expense and the second month’s Total Rent. 
 Rent Schedule: Base Rent shall be payable through the initial Term in accordance with the following schedule: 
  

										
	 Lease Month
	  	Base Rent Per
SF	  	Annual Base
Rent*	  	Monthly Base
Rent *
	 1
	  	$	0.00	  	 	N/A	  	$	0.00
	 2-13
	  	$	3.25	  	$	98,475.00	  	$	8,206.25
	 14
	  	$	0.00	  	 	N/A	  	$	0.00
	 15-26
	  	$	3.32	  	$	100,596.00	  	$	8,383.00
	 27
	  	$	0.00	  	 	N/A	  	$	0.00
	 28-39
	  	$	3.38	  	$	102,414.00	  	$	8,534.50
	 40
	  	$	0.00	  	 	N/A	  	$	0.00
	 41-52
	  	$	3.47	  	$	105,141.00	  	$	8,761.75
	 53
	  	$	0.00	  	 	N/A	  	$	0.00
	 54-65
	  	$	3.75	  	$	113,625.00	  	$	9,468.75
	 66-77
	  	$	4.00	  	$	121,200.00	  	$	10,100.00
	 78-89
	  	$	4.25	  	$	128,775.00	  	$	10,731.25
	 90-95
	  	$	4.25	  	$	64,387.50	  	$	10,731.25

  

	*	Amounts do not include applicable Sales Tax and Operating Expenses to be paid by Tenant. 

 (b) During Lease Month’s 1, 14, 27, 40, and 53 of the Term, Operating Expenses and
sales taxes only will be paid. 
 (c) If the Commencement Date begins on a day other than the first day of the month, the second
monthly installment of rent shall be adjusted and prorated so that Tenant shall only pay Rent for the actual number of days in the first month of said term, but for all other months Tenant shall pay the full monthly installment on the first day of
each and every month. 
 (d) Rent shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord at such place as Landlord may designate in writing and
Rent shall be payable to EastGroup Properties - East Coast Lock Box- P.O.Box 534563, Atlanta, GA 30353. 
 (e) Tenant hereby agrees with Landlord that in the event that Rent is received after the fifth (5th) day of the month in which it is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to the lesser of
(1) $200.00; or (2) five percent (5%) of the total sum due. 
 4. Additional Rent. In addition to Rent
set forth herein, all other payments (if any) to be made by Tenant to Landlord shall be deemed to be and shall become additional rent hereunder, whether or not the same be designated as such; and shall be due and payable with the next succeeding
installment of monthly Base Rent, together with Sales Tax thereon. Landlord shall have the same remedies for failure to pay the same as for a non-payment of Rents. Following the second (2nd) event of any returned check for any payment, Landlord may require that Tenant remit all payments thereafter
either by Wire Transfer or Bank Official Check only. An administrative fee equal to $50.00 will be assessed for all dishonored checks. 
 5.
Intentionally Omitted. 
 6. Operating Expenses. (a) Initially, the estimated “Operating Expense Factor” equals to
$1.41 per square foot of the Premises, for the calendar year in which the Commencement Date occurs, to cover Tenant’s Share (see Section 1) of the projected Operating Expenses. 
 With respect to Operating Expenses, the parties agree to the following: 
 (i) The term “Operating Expenses” used in this Lease Agreement represents the total annualized cost of operating the Building/Center including, but is not limited to, Common Maintenance and
Service Costs, Real Estate Taxes and Assessments, Insurance Premiums, accounting, property management fees and other reasonable costs associated with the management and operation of the Building/Center. Said term shall not include depreciation on
any improvement, any capital expenses or improvements except all net expenses properly allocable for any capital improvement incurred which actually reduce or limit increases in Operating Expenses, which expenses shall be repaid in equal monthly
installments together with interest at applicable rates over the useful capital life of the capital improvement not to exceed ten (10) years. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Operating Expenses exclude
(1) leasing costs, consulting fees, brokerage commissions, legal fees, vacancy costs, rent or other concessions, and/or refurbishment or improvement expenses which are incurred in connection with other tenants’ spaces or the enforcement
and negotiation of leases; (2) to the extent not caused by the unique type and nature of Tenant’s operations and use of the Premises, the cost of compliance with laws, rules and regulations or orders of any governmental or
quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Premises; (3) financing costs, debt service or ground lease payments for the Center; (4) acquisition costs or any depreciation of land and buildings of the Center or the common
areas; (5) costs of repairing any portion of the Center due to defective construction; (6) costs, fees and compensation paid by or to Landlord for services in or to the Center, exceeding those charged by unaffiliated third parties on a
competitive basis: (7) costs incurred because the Center or common areas violate any valid, applicable building code, regulation or law in effect and as interpreted by governmental authorities, including, without limitation, laws requiring
sprinkler installation and requirements under the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as may be amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder; (8) reserves maintained in connection with the Center; (9) any and all collection costs,
including legal fees and/or bad debt losses or reserves therefor; (10) any otherwise permissible fees or costs to the extent in excess of prevailing and competitive rates; (11) costs incurred by Landlord to the extent that Landlord is
reimbursed by insurance proceeds, governmental agencies or entities, or any tenant or other person (other than

  

 2 

 
reimbursement as part of Operating Expenses); (12) costs, including compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons, in connection with any commercial concession operated by
Landlord, provided that if such costs relate to the operation of the parking areas, Landlord may include Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs thereof in Operating Expenses to the extent in excess of parking gross revenues;
(13) advertising and promotional expenditures, and any acquisition or construction costs of signs in or on the Center identifying the owner of the Center; (14) costs arising from the negligence of Landlord or its contractors, agents or
employees, including the payment of any claims or damages; (15) Landlord’s general corporate or partnership overhead and general administrative expenses; (16) costs arising from the presence of any hazardous materials in or about the
Center, including the Premises; and (17) any costs or expenses resulting from Landlord’s violation of any agreement to which it is a party or any applicable law. 
 (ii) The term “Common Maintenance and Service Costs” shall include without limitation routine cleaning and maintenance of the exterior of the Premises to include periodic window cleaning; the
cleaning, maintenance and sweeping of the parking lot and sidewalks; the care and maintenance of the landscaping and landscaped areas to include the retention pond areas, conduits, pumps and irrigation systems; common area lighting and other utility
charges for utilities used in the common areas, if any; domestic and irrigation water, and sanitary sewer charges and assessments; rubbish collection, if any; painting; and any other costs customarily considered as common repair, maintenance and
service costs. 
 (iii) The term “Real Estate Taxes and Assessments” shall include without limitation ad valorem and
non ad valorem real and personal property taxes and assessments or any new and different taxes, and assessments levied or charged against the real property or personal property of the Center. All Sales Tax on rents and personal property taxes
charged or levied against Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment in the Premises shall be paid by Tenant when due. 
 (iv) The term “Insurance Premiums” shall include without limitation Landlord’s insurance as set forth in Section 9. In the event the cost of premiums on said fire and extended insurance increases due to the hazardous
nature of the use and occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, then the entire increase in insurance cost shall be paid by Tenant in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following receipt of invoice from Landlord. 
 (b) On the first day of each calendar year falling after the Commencement Date throughout the Term, the Operating Expense Factor portion of the Rent set
forth in Section 3 (and, as a result, the Rent) shall be adjusted to reflect Tenant’s Share of actual or estimated decreases or increases in Operating Expenses. Landlord shall provide the cost data upon which the determination of costs,
and any decreases or increases, are based in a format it shall determine to be consistent with reasonable and customary business practice. In the event that actual Operating Expenses for a preceding period are less than the sum paid by Tenant under
this provision, Landlord shall refund or credit such excess to the account of Tenant. If the sum collected is less than the actual Operating Expenses, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such variation upon invoice therefor accompanied by supporting
data. The obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses incurred during the Term shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. 
 (c) Tenant acknowledges that if the Building is part of a Center, the Center may include not only the Building but other buildings either already existing or to be constructed in the future. Tenant
understands and agrees that, for the purposes of administering the provisions of this Section 6, so long as the Building is owned and/or managed in conjunction with other buildings, Operating Expenses and other costs reimbursable by Tenant may
be paid, recorded and reported on a consolidated overall project basis, provided Tenant’s share of said costs shall be calculated by dividing the size of the Premises by the size of the overall project. 
 (d) Prior to the Commencement Date and each calendar year during the term, Landlord shall give Tenant written estimates (on a line item basis) of
Tenant’s pro rata share of Operating Expenses for the next calendar year. Tenant shall pay such estimated amount to Landlord in equal monthly installments with Tenant’s payments of Rent hereunder. Within ninety (90) days after the end
of each such calendar year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the costs and expenses actually incurred by Landlord for the operation and maintenance of the common areas during such calendar year. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if Tenant has not received the statement described in the preceding sentence on or before December 31 of the year in which such statement is due, Landlord shall be deemed to have waived its right to collect such 
  

 3 

 actual amount from Tenant. Any deficiency in the payments made by Tenant shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord
within thirty (30) days of receipt of demand therefor. Any surplus paid by Tenant during the preceding calendar year shall be applied against the next due monthly installments of Rent or, if at the end of the Term, shall be refunded to Tenant.

 (e) Controllable Operating Expenses will not increase by more than six percent (6%) annually. Non controllable expenses are limited to
Real Estate Taxes and Assessments, Building Insurance, and building common utilities and will not be capped. 
 (f) Tenant shall have the right
to audit or inspect Landlord’s records (but not more than once in any lease year), with respect to operating expenses and real estate taxes, as well as any other additional rent payable by Tenant. 
 7. Construction. Tenant will be accepting the Premises as follows: 
  ̈ “As Is” 
  ̈ With the following improvements to be made by Landlord:
                             
 þ With improvements to be constructed in accordance with the attached Leasehold Improvement
Addendum. The Commencement Date set forth herein is subject to the construction of tenant improvements, if any. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor its agents or employees have made any representations or warranties as to the suitability
or fitness of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business or for any other purpose, nor has Landlord or its agents or employees agreed to undertake any alterations or construct any tenant improvements to the Premises except as expressly
provided in this Lease, if any. 
 8. Utilities. Tenant shall pay when due electric power consumed at the Premises, which shall be
separately metered. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for water and sewer charges as part of the “Operating Expense Factor” pursuant to Section 6; provided that Tenant shall receive a separate meter for water and sewer charges should
another occupant of the Center be a heavy water user. Landlord reserves the right to install, at Landlord’s discretion, separate meters (or submeters) for any utility, and may further require Tenant to place service in Tenant’s name,
whereupon Tenant shall pay any necessary deposits to the applicable utility company, and thereafter pay for such utilities directly. Tenant shall arrange and pay for trash collection services at the Premises. 
 9. Insurance. (a) Landlord shall arrange to insure the Building of which the Premises form a part against loss or damage to the Building/Center
with coverage for perils as set forth under the “Causes of Loss-Special Form” or equivalent property insurance policy in an amount equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Building/Center (excluding coverage of Tenant’s
personal property and any alterations by Tenant) and such other insurance, including rent loss coverage, as Landlord may reasonably deem appropriate. Tenant, at its expense, shall keep in effect commercial general liability insurance, including
blanket contractual liability insurance, covering Tenant’s use of the Property, with such coverages and limits of liability as Landlord may reasonably require, but not less than a $1,000,000 combined single limit with a $1,750,000 general
aggregate limit (which general aggregate limit may be satisfied by an umbrella liability policy) for bodily injury or property damage. These policies shall name Landlord and any other associated or affiliated entity as their interests may appear and
at Landlord’s request, any mortgagee(s), as additional insureds, shall be written on an “occurrence” basis and not on a “claims made” basis and shall be endorsed to provide that it is primary to and not contributory to any
policies carried by Landlord and to provide that it shall not be cancelable or reduced without at least 30 days prior notice to Landlord. The insurer shall be authorized to issue such insurance, licensed to do business and admitted in the State of
Florida and rated at least A VII in the most current edition of Best’s Insurance Reports. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord on or before the Commencement Date or any earlier date on which Tenant accesses the Premises, and at least 30 days
prior to the date of each policy renewal, a certificate of insurance evidencing such coverage. 
 (b) Landlord and Tenant each waive, and
release each other from and against, all claims for recovery against the other for any loss or damage to the property of such party arising out of fire or other casualty covered by a standard “Causes of Loss-Special Form” property
insurance policy, even if such loss or damage shall be brought about by the fault or negligence of the other party or its employees, agents or contractors provided, however, such waiver by Landlord shall not be effective with respect to
Tenant’s liability described in Sections 13 and 32 below unless such loss by Landlord is actually covered by insurance. This waiver and release is effective regardless of whether the releasing party actually maintains the insurance described
above in this Section 9. Each party shall have its insurance company that issues its property coverage waive any rights of subrogation, and shall have the insurance company include an endorsement acknowledging this waiver, if necessary.

  

 4 

 Tenant assumes all risk of damage of Tenant’s property within the Property, including any loss or
damage caused by water leakage, fire, windstorm, explosion, theft, act of any other tenant, or other cause. 
 10. Use of Premises, Parking
and Loading. Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises only for use as administrative office, showroom and warehouse purposes consistent with those commonly found in the 1-3 zoning in Orange County, Florida, and for no other purpose without
Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant, its employees, guests and invitees the right to use the off-street auto parking lot and truck loading areas on the site upon which the Building is situated. Tenant shall have
the right to access the Premises 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. The auto parking lot shall be used by Tenant, its employees, guests and invitees, in common with other tenants of said Building, their employees, guests and invitees, and in
common with Landlord and its employees, guests and invitees. If Landlord designates a portion of the parking lot for tenant and employee parking, Tenant and employees of Tenant shall use that portion of the lot. At all times in the absence of
designated parking, Tenant, its employees and guests, shall use those parking areas closest to the Premises to the extent possible. The exterior truck loading and trailer parking areas immediate to the Premises are reserved for the exclusive use of
Tenant and Tenant shall have the right to fence in such area and the gate shall be locked and controlled solely by Tenant. Tenant shall not use, block or otherwise interfere with the loading areas of other occupants in the Building or Center. At no
time will outside storage be permitted at the property without the express written consent of Landlord. 
 11. Interruption of Utility
Service. Landlord does not warrant that any utilities or public services will be free from interruption or defect. In the event of interruption of such services, the same shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and
possession of the Premises nor render Landlord liable to Tenant for damage by abatement of Rent or otherwise. 
 12. Waiver of Claim;
Indemnification. Tenant waives and releases all claims against Landlord, its agents, employees, and servants, in respect of, and they shall not be liable for damage to property sustained by Tenant or by any occupant of the Premises, occurring in
or about the Building/Center, or the Premises resulting directly, or indirectly, from any existing or future condition, defect, matter or thing in the Premises, or the Building or any part of it, or from equipment or appurtenance therein, or from
accident, or from any occurrence, act, negligence or omission of any tenant or occupant of the Building, or of any other person, specifically excluding Landlord. This paragraph shall apply also to damage caused as aforesaid or by flooding,
sprinkling devices, air conditioning apparatus, water, frost, steam, excessive heat or cold, falling objects, broken glass, sewage, gas, odors or noise, or the bursting or leaking of pipes or plumbing fixtures and shall apply equally whether any
such damage results from the act or circumstance, whether of a like or wholly different nature. If any damage to the Building results from any act or omission or negligence of Tenant, its agents or employees, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days
following demand by Landlord, reimburse Landlord forthwith for all cost of such repairs and damages to the Building in excess of the amount, if any, paid to Landlord under insurance covering such damages. All property in the Building or in the
Premises belonging to Tenant, its agents or employees, or to any occupant of the Premises, shall be there at the risk of Tenant only, and Landlord shall not be liable for damage thereto or theft, misappropriation, or loss thereof. Tenant agrees to
protect, defend, hold Landlord harmless and to indemnify it against claims and liability for injuries to all persons and for the damages due to any act or omission of Tenant, its agents and employees, guests, customers and invitees (but only while
such are inside the Premises), and against any expense, cost and attorney’s fees incurred in connection with any claim for such loss or damage, including costs and attorney’s fees on appeal. 
 13. Care of Premises. (a) Tenant shall, throughout the Term, take good care of the Premises and all fixtures, appurtenances, doors and windows,
locks, walls, ceilings, flooring and mechanical and plumbing equipment located therein and expressly serving the Premises, excepting that which may be covered by applicable warranty, and, at its sole cost and expense, make all non-structural repairs
thereto and perform maintenance thereon as and when needed to preserve them in good working order and condition, reasonable wear and tear from use and damage from the elements, fire or other casualty excepted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all
damage or injury to the Premises or to any other part of the Building, or to its fixtures, equipment and appurtenances, whether requiring structural or non-structural repairs, caused by or resulting from carelessness, omission, neglect or conduct of
Tenant, its servants, employees or licensees, shall be repaired by Tenant at its sole expense to the satisfaction of Landlord reasonably exercised. Tenant shall also be responsible for any repairs to the Premises or to any other part of the
Building, or to its fixtures, equipment and appurtenances, whether requiring structural or non-structural repairs, directly attributable to Tenant’s chemicals stored on site. Tenant shall replace or repair, as needed, all lamps, bulbs, ballasts
and other lighting fixtures and apparatus. Tenant shall also repair all damage to the Building and the

  

 5 

 
Premises caused by the moving of Tenant’s fixtures, furniture or equipment. All the aforesaid repairs shall be of quality or class equal to the original work or construction. If Tenant fails
after thirty (30) days’ notice to proceed with due diligence to make repairs required to be made by it, the same may be made by Landlord at the expense of Tenant. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defective condition in the
Premises which Landlord is required to repair or replace. Landlord shall remedy the condition with due diligence but at the expense of Tenant if repairs are necessitated by damage or injury attributable to Tenant, Tenant’s servants, agents,
employees, invitees, or licensees as aforesaid. All repair work and/or modifications made to the Premises must be made by licensed and bonded contractor(s) approved by Landlord. 
 (b) As of the Commencement Date, the heating, ventilating and air conditioning system(s) (“HVAC”) serving the Premises shall be in good working order. Thereafter, Tenant shall be responsible for
the cost of all maintenance, repair and replacement thereof. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of occupancy, contract with a licensed HVAC maintenance company to maintain the system in proper working order with semi-annual inspections and
maintenance services. Upon execution and renewal, Tenant agrees to supply a copy of the maintenance agreement to Landlord and shall at all times during the term of the Lease keep in full force such HVAC maintenance agreement. If Tenant fails to
enter into a maintenance agreement as herein provided and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of notice of such failure, Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may elect to enter into a service contract and
Tenant shall pay the cost thereof. 
 (c) Landlord agrees that during the Term it will keep the exterior and structural parts of the Building in
good condition and repair, and that it will make such repairs promptly as they become necessary. If Tenant becomes aware of any condition that is Landlord’s responsibility to repair, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of the condition.
Exterior parts of the Building shall be deemed to include exterior walls, foundations, pavement, roof replacement, gutters, downspouts, and plumbing which is a part of the structure or foundation. Landlord shall make such interior replacements as
are necessitated by building equipment failure and repairs and replacements necessitated by fire or perils covered by extended coverage insurance for which damage or loss insurance is carried by Landlord and for which insurance proceeds are
recovered, including interior reconstruction and/or redecorating necessitated by such fire or other perils. 
 14. Compliance with Laws and
Regulations. 
 (a) Tenant shall comply with all federal, state, county and city laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting or
respecting the use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or the business at any time thereon transacted by Tenant, and Tenant shall comply with all reasonable and non-discriminatory rules which may be hereafter adopted by Landlord for the
protection, welfare and orderly management of the Building and its tenants or occupants. Landlord shall maintain the Center in full compliance with all codes, including but not limited to the Americans With Disabilities Act, provided, however, that
Tenant shall be responsible for the costs of such compliance if necessitated by the Tenant’s actions or use of the Premises. 
 (b)
Patriot Act. Each party hereby represents, warrants and certifies that: (i) neither it nor its officers, directors, or controlling owners is acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity, or nation named
by any Executive Order, the United States Department of Justice, or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, “Specifically Designated National or Blocked Person,” or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation, or
transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“SDN”); (ii) neither it nor its officers, directors or controlling owners is engaged in this
transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, any such person, group, entity, or nation; and (iii) neither it nor its officers, directors or controlling
owners is in violation of Presidential Executive Order 13224, the USA PATRIOT Act, (Public Law 107-56), the Bank Secrecy Act, the Money Laundering Control Act or any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. Each party hereby agrees to defend,
indemnify and hold harmless the other party from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing
representations, warranties and certifications by the indemnifying party. The provisions of this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. 
 15. Holding Over. Tenant shall have the right to hold over beyond the expiration of either the primary or extended lease term for up to three (3) months without any increase above the rent
paid during the last month of the proceeding term, provided Landlord is given a prior six (6) month written notice. If Tenant does not notify Landlord of Tenant’s intention to holdover or after the three (3) month holdover period,
Tenant has no right to remain in possession of all or any part of the Premises after

  

 6 

 
the expiration of the Term or hold over period. If Tenant nevertheless remains in possession of all or any part of the Premises after the expiration of the Term or holdover period: (a) such
tenancy will be deemed to be a periodic tenancy at sufferance from month-to-month only; (b) such tenancy will not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease for any further term; and (c) such tenancy may be terminated by Landlord upon
the later of thirty (30) days’ prior written notice or the earliest date otherwise permitted by law. Such month-to-month tenancy will be subject to every other term, condition, and covenant contained in this Lease, except for rights to
renew and expand. If Tenant holds over in the Premises after receipt of such termination notice, Rent following the termination date will be increased to an amount equal to 200% of the Rent for the last month of occupancy, and any other sums due
under this Lease will be payable in the amount and at the times specified in this Lease. In addition to such payment of Rent and other amounts as set forth in the previous sentence, Tenant shall also be liable to Landlord for any losses sustained by
Landlord or claims by third parties arising out of and in connection with the holding over of the Premises by Tenant. 
 16. Signs.
Subject to Landlord’s approval which will not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant may have signs installed with Tenant’s name and logo on an exterior front wall facing east and the exterior side wall facing south. Tenant shall not install or
locate signs in the windows and doors of the Premises or any other part of the Building or grounds without first securing Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any signs installed by Tenant with
Landlord’s permission shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and maintained by Tenant in good repair and shall be removed and any building or grounds damaged there from restored by Tenant at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease at
Tenant’s expense. 
 17. Quiet Enjoyment; Imposition of “Reasonableness” Standard. Tenant, upon paying the rents and
keeping and performing the covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, shall peacefully and quietly hold, occupy, and enjoy the Premises during the Term without any hindrance or molestation by Landlord or any persons lawfully claiming under
Landlord. Wherever the consent or approval of either party is required herein, it is understood and agreed that such consent or approval may not, unless expressly stated otherwise in this Lease, be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If either party
withholds any consent or approval, such party shall on written request deliver to the other party a written statement giving the reasons therefore. A party’s sole remedy if the other party unreasonably withholds or delays consent or approval
shall be an action for specific performance, and such party shall not be liable for damages. Whenever this Lease specifies that either party has the right of consent, said consent shall be effective only if in writing and signed by the consenting
party. 
 18. Waste; Disturbance. Tenant shall not commit nor suffer any waste upon the Premises nor cause nor allow any nuisance, odor,
noise, vibration or other act or thing which does or may disturb any other tenant in the Building/Center containing the Premises or any other building in the Center, including without limitation the parking, loading and landscaped areas. Tenant
shall conduct its business and control its employees, agents, contractors, invitees and visitors in such manner as not to create any nuisance, or interfere with, annoy or disturb any other tenant or Landlord or the operation of the Building.

 19. Assignment and Subletting. Tenant shall not assign this Lease nor sublet all or any part of the Premises, except to an affiliated
entity of common ownership and business (“Affiliate”), without first securing Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event of an assignment or subletting, the assignee and/or subtenant
shall first assume in writing all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease and Tenant shall, for the full Term, continue to be jointly and severally liable with such assignee or subtenant for the payment of rents and the performance of all
obligations required of Tenant under this Lease. Tenant hereby acknowledges that the use to which the Premises are put and the compatibility of any occupant of the Premises with other tenants, and the use, creditworthiness, and ability to pay rent
when due are of prime importance and significance to Landlord in the operation and maintenance of the Building in which the Premises are located. The consent by Landlord to an assignment or sublease will not be construed to relieve Tenant from
obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent in writing to any further assignment or sublease. No permitted subtenant may assign or encumber its sublease or further sublease all or any portion of its subleased space, or otherwise permit the
subleased space or any part of its subleased space to be used or occupied by others, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance. Acceptance of payments from a person or entity other than Tenant shall not constitute a consent to
the assignment or subletting of the Premises. If Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease, then Landlord will have the right to require Tenant to pay to Landlord a sum equal to (a) any Rent or other consideration paid to Tenant by
any proposed transferee that is in excess of the Rent allocable to the transferred space then being paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease; (b) any other profit or gain realized by Tenant from any such sublease or assignment: and
(c) Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees, consultant fees, and costs incurred in connection with negotiation, review, and processing of the transfer, not to exceed

  

 7 

 
$1,000.00. All such sums payable will be payable to Landlord at the time the next payment of Base Rent is due. Anything to the contrary in this Lease notwithstanding, except when the assignment
or subletting is proposed to an Affiliate, at any time within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt of all (but not less than all) of the information and documents reasonably requested by Landlord, Landlord may, at its option by
written notice to Tenant, elect to: (a) sublease the Premises or the portion thereof proposed to be sublet by Tenant upon the same terms as those offered to the proposed subtenant; (b) take an assignment of the Lease upon the same terms as
those offered to the proposed assignee; or (c) terminate the Lease in its entirety or as to the portion of the Premises proposed to be assigned or sublet, with a proportionate adjustment in the Rent payable hereunder if the Lease is terminated
as to less than all of the Premises. If Landlord does not exercise any of the options described in the preceding sentence, then, during the above-described twenty (20) business day period, Landlord shall either consent or deny its consent to
the proposed assignment or subletting. 
 Landlord shall have the right to assign or transfer, in whole or in part every feature of its rights
and obligations hereunder and the Premises provided such assignee or transferee recognizes and agrees to be bound by the terms of this Lease. Such assignments or transfers may be made to a corporation, trust, trust company, individual or group of
individuals, and howsoever made “shall be in all things respected and recognized by Tenant. 
 20. Fire or Other Casualty. In the
event the Premises shall be destroyed or so damaged or injured by fire or other casualty during the Term, whereby the same shall be rendered untenantable, then Landlord shall have the right to render the Premises tenantable by repairs within two
hundred twenty (220) days therefrom and this Lease shall not terminate. If the Premises can not be rendered tenantable within said time, it shall be optional by either party hereto to cancel this Lease, and in the event of such cancellation,
the Rent shall be paid only to the date of such fire or casualty. The cancellation herein mentioned shall be evidenced in writing. During any time that the Premises remain untenantable due to causes set forth in this paragraph, the rents due
hereunder or a just and fair proportion thereof shall abate. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 20, if the Premises or the Building are damaged by uninsured casualty, if the proceeds of insurance are insufficient to pay for the
repair of any damage to the Premises or the Building, or if all or any portion of the proceeds of insurance are retained by Landlord’s mortgagee, Landlord will have the option to repair such damage or cancel this Lease as of the date of such
casualty by written notice to Tenant on or before sixty (60) days following the casualty. 
 21. Eminent Domain. If the whole of the
Premises shall be taken by any public authority under the power of eminent domain, or if so much of the Building or grounds shall be taken by any such authority under the power of eminent domain so that Tenant cannot continue to operate its business
in the Premises, then the Term shall cease as of the day possession is taken by such public authority and Rents shall be paid up to that day with proportionate refund by Landlord of any such Rents as may have been paid in advance or deposited as
security. The amount awarded for any taking under the power of eminent domain shall belong entirely to and be the property of Landlord. Nothing herein shall limit Tenant’s ability to make an independent claim for damages or awards to the extent
Landlord’s claims for damages are not affected. 
 22. No Waiver or Accord and Satisfaction. 
 (a) Neither the waiver by Landlord of any agreement, breach, condition, default, provision, requirement, or term contained in this Lease nor
the acquiescence of Landlord to any violation of any agreement, breach, condition, default, provision, requirement, or term contained in this Lease, shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other agreement,
condition, provision, requirement, or term contained in this Lease, nor constitute a course of dealing regardless of the number of times Landlord may choose to make such a waiver or acquiesce to any violation of any agreement, breach, condition,
default, provision, requirement, or term contained in this Lease; nor will any custom or practice that may come to exist between the parties in the administration of the terms of this Lease be construed to waive or to lessen the right of Landlord to
insist upon the performance by Tenant in strict accordance with the terms of this Lease. 
 (b) Acceptance by Landlord of Rent
or other amounts due, in whole or in part, following a breach or default will not be deemed to be a waiver of any existing or preceding breach by Tenant of any agreement, condition, provision, requirement, or term of this Lease, regardless of
Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent or other payment. However, payment of the full amount due, including any late fees, administrative charges and other amounts due, shall constitute a waiver of
default for the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent or other payment so accepted. The breach or default shall nevertheless remain unwaived for purposes of Section 28(f). 
  

 8 

 (c) No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the full amount of
any installment or payment of Rent or other amount due, shall be deemed to be anything other than a payment on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or payment of Rent or related to it shall be deemed an accord and
satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or payment of Rent, or pursue any other remedies available to Landlord. 
 23. Notices. All notices required under this Lease to be given to Tenant shall be given to it at 3925 East Broadway, Suite 100, Phoenix, AZ
85040 Attn: Real Estate Department, or at such other place as Tenant may designate in writing. Any such notice to be given to Landlord under this Lease shall be given to it at EastGroup Properties, 2966 Commerce Park Drive, Suite 450, Orlando, FL
32819, or at such other place as Landlord may designate in writing. All notices shall be in writing, require a receipt, and shall be sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, or by telecopy facsimile transmission, or by personal delivery, or by
commercial courier or overnight delivery service. Notices shall be deemed to have been given (i) in the case of mailing, when postmarked, (ii) in the case of telecopy transmission, when received as evidenced by written transmission report,
or (iii) in the case of hand delivery or delivery by commercial courier, when delivered or refused. 
 24. Subordination. This Lease is
subject and subordinate to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Premises or the Building of which it forms a part, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Landlord will make
commercially reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with a Subordination and Non-Disturbance Agreement from any mortgage holders of Landlord. The foregoing notwithstanding this clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination
shall be required. 
 25. Fixtures and Alterations. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, make additions
costing in excess of $20,000.00 to the Premises or which affect the structure thereof, nor permit any annoying sound device, overload any floor, or deface the Premises. Additionally, at the end of the Term, the Tenant will (i) remove all trade
fixtures and personal property and repair any damage caused by such removal at the end of the Lease Term; and (ii) remove all curbing and containment installations that are specific to the Tenant’s use at the end of the Term. 

26. Redelivery of Premises. Tenant shall, on the expiration of this Lease, deliver up the Premises in good order and condition, reasonable use and
ordinary wear and tear thereof and damage by fire or other unavoidable casualty, condemnation excepted. Additionally, Tenant shall promptly surrender all keys to the Premises to Landlord. 
 27. Examination and Exhibiting of Premises. Landlord or its duly authorized agent shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times
during Tenant’s normal business hours to examine the condition of and to make repairs to the Premises or the Building. Within six (6) months prior to the date of the expiration of the Lease, Landlord or its authorized agent shall have the
right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times during Tenant’s normal business hours for the purpose of exhibiting the same to prospective tenants. 
 28. Events of Default. Any of the following events or occurrences shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant and shall constitute and “Event of Default” hereunder: 
 (a) The failure of Tenant to pay any Rents or other amounts due under this Lease, within five (5) days after receipt of notice of such
failure, provided, however, Landlord shall not be required to give such notice more than two (2) times in any calendar year. 
 (b) The failure of Tenant to observe or perform any other covenant, agreement, condition or provision of the 
 Lease
within thirty (30) days after receipt of such failure. 
 (c) If Tenant becomes insolvent or admits in writing its inability
to pay its debts as they mature, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies or consents to the appointment of a trustee or receiver for Tenant or for a major part of its property. 
  

 9 

 (d) The appointment of a trustee or a receiver to take possession of all or substantially
all of Tenant’s property, or the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises, unless such appointment, attachment, execution or seizure is discharged within thirty
(30) calendar days after the appointment, attachment, execution or seizure. 
 (e) The institution of bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or any other proceedings for relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or any other similar law for the relief of debtors, by or against Tenant, and if instituted against
Tenant, the same are not dismissed within thirty (30) calendar days after the institution of such proceedings. 
 Any notice
periods provided for under this Section 28 shall run concurrently with any statutory notice periods and any notice given hereunder may be given simultaneously with or incorporated into any such statutory notice. 
 29. Landlord’s Remedies. On the occurrence of any such Event of Default, Landlord shall, in addition to any other rights or remedies available
to Landlord under this Lease and under the laws of the State of Florida, have the following rights and remedies: 
 (a)
Re-Entry Without Termination. Landlord may re-enter the Premises without terminating this Lease, and remove all persons and property from the Premises, and relet the Premises or any part thereof for the account of Tenant, for such time (which
may be for a term extending beyond the Term) and upon such terms as Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion shall determine, and Landlord shall not be required to accept any Tenant offered by Tenant or to observe any instructions given by Tenant
relative to such reletting. In the event of any such reletting, Landlord may make repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Premises and redecorate the same to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by Landlord and in connection therewith
change the locks to the Premises, and Tenant shall upon demand pay the cost of putting the Premises into the condition required for redelivery as stated in Section 26 above, together with Landlord’s expenses of reletting. Landlord may
collect the Rent from any such reletting and apply the same first to the payment of the expenses of re-entry, redecoration, repairs and alterations and the expenses of reletting and second to the payment of Rental herein provided to be paid by
Tenant, and any excess or residue shall operate only as an offsetting credit against the amount of Rental as the same thereafter becomes due and payable hereunder. No such re-entry or repossession, repairs, alterations and additions or reletting
shall be construed as an eviction or ouster of Tenant or as an election on Landlord’s part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant, nor shall the same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part
from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and Landlord may, at any time and, from time to time, sue and recover judgment for any deficiencies from time to time remaining after the application from time to time of the proceeds of any such
reletting. 
 (b) Acceleration. On the occurrence of any such Event of Default, Landlord may declare the entire amount of
Rent and any other sums or charges which would become due and payable from Tenant to Landlord during the remainder of the Term to be due and payable immediately, in which event, Tenant agrees to pay the sum at once, together with all Rent, including
any other sum theretofore due; provided, however, that such payment shall not constitute a penalty or forfeiture or liquidated damages but shall merely constitute payment in advance of the Rent for the remainder of the Term. 
 (c) Other Enforcement. Landlord may enforce the provisions of this Lease and may enforce and protect the rights of Landlord hereunder
by a suit or suits in equity or at law for specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained herein, or for the enforcement of any other legal or equitable remedy, including recovery of all monies due or to become due from Tenant under any
of the provisions of this Lease. 
 (d) Remedies Cumulative. The rights, privileges, elections and remedies of Landlord
under this Lease shall be cumulative, and Landlord shall have the right to exercise such remedies at any time and from time to time singularly or in combination. No termination of this Lease (whether upon an Event of Default or otherwise) shall be
deemed to limit or negate Landlord’s rights hereunder to indemnification from Tenant (or Tenant’s insurance carriers) for any claim or liability asserted against or imposed upon Landlord, whether before or after the termination of this
Lease, which is directly or indirectly based upon death, personal injury, property damage or other matters occurring prior to the termination hereof. 
  

 10 

 (e) Attorneys’ Fees and Collection Charges. In the event of any legal action or
proceeding is brought by either party to enforce this Lease, the non-prevailing party shall pay all expenses of the prevailing party incurred in connection with such action or proceeding, including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees at
or before the trial level and in any appellate or bankruptcy proceeding. 
 30. Construction Liens. The interest of Landlord in the
Premises shall not be subject in any way to any liens, including but not limited to real estate sales commission liens and construction liens for improvements to or other work performed with respect to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant
shall have no power or authority to create any lien or permit any lien to attach to the present estate, reversion, or other estate of Landlord (or the interest of any ground Landlord) in the Premises, Building or in the Project and all mechanics,
materialmen, contractors, artisans, and other parties contracting with Tenant or its representatives or privies with respect to the Premises or any part of the Premises are hereby charged with notice that they must look to Tenant to secure payment
of any bill for work done or material furnished or for any other purpose during the Term. The foregoing provisions are made with express reference to Section 713.10, Florida Statutes (1995). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, Tenant, at
its expense, shall cause any lien filed against the Premises, Building or the Project for work or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant to be discharged of record or properly transferred to a bond pursuant to Section 713.24,
Florida Statutes (1995), within ten (10) days after notice thereof to Tenant. Further, Tenant agrees to indemnify, protect, defend, and save Landlord harmless from and against any damage or loss, including reasonable attorneys’ fees,
incurred by Landlord as a result of any such lien. Tenant shall notify every contractor making improvements to the Premises that the interest of Landlord in the Premises shall not be subject to liens for improvements to or other work performed with
respect to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver without charge a short form of lease or notice in recordable form containing a confirmation that the interest of Landlord in the Premises and the
Building shall not be subject to liens for improvements or other work performed with respect to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant. If such a short form of lease or notice is executed, it shall expressly provide that it shall be of no further
force or effect after the last day of the Term or on the filing by Landlord of an affidavit that the Term has expired or the Lease has been terminated or that Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises has been terminated. 
 31. Estoppel Certificate. Tenant and Landlord, upon request, one from the other, shall give or exchange with, one with the other, estoppel
certificates which shall confirm to others that this Lease is in full force and effect, that, to the actual knowledge of such party, neither party is in default and/or such other information regarding this Lease as may be reasonably appropriate and
factual. 
 32. Hazardous Material. To the best of Landlord’s knowledge, there are no Hazardous Material problems in the Center.
Throughout the term of this Lease, Tenant shall prevent the presence, use, generation, release, discharge, storage, disposal, or transportation of any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) on, under, in, above, to, or from the Premises except
for activities which are part of the ordinary course of Tenant’s business and are conducted in strict compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, and orders. For purposes of this provision, the term
“Hazardous Materials” shall mean and refer to any wastes, materials, or other substances of any kind or character that are or become regulated as hazardous or toxic waste or substances, or which require special handling or treatment, under
any applicable local, state, or federal law, rule, regulation, or order. Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify, and hold harmless from and against (a) any loss, cost, expense, claim, or liability arising out of any investigation, monitoring,
clean-up, containment, removal, storage, or restoration work (herein referred to as “Remedial Work”) required by, or incurred by Landlord or any other person or party in a reasonable belief that such Remedial Work is required by any
applicable federal, state or local law, rule, regulation or order, or by any governmental agency, authority, or political subdivision having jurisdiction over the Premises and caused by the action of Tenant, and (b) any claims of third parties
for loss, injury, expense, or damage arising out of the presence, release, or discharge of any Hazardous Materials on, under, in, above, to, or from the Premises by Tenant. In the event any Remedial Work is so required under any applicable federal,
state, or local law, rule, regulation or order due to the action of Tenant, Tenant shall promptly perform or cause to be performed such Remedial Work in compliance with such law, rule, regulation, or order. In the event Tenant shall fail to commence
the Remedial Work required of Tenant as stated previously in a timely fashion, or shall fail to prosecute diligently the Remedial Work required of Tenant as stated previously to completion, such failure shall constitute an event of default on the
part of Tenant under the terms of this Lease, and Landlord, in addition to any other rights or remedies afforded it hereunder, may, but shall not be obligated to, cause the Remedial Work to be performed, and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord
for the cost and expense thereof upon demand. 
  

 11 

 33. Intentionally Omitted. 
 34. Landlord’s Lien. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant has previously granted to its lending institution (which, together with its successors and assigns, are collectively referred to as
“Bank”), a lien on, and security interest in, all of Tenant’s assets. Landlord agrees that Bank’s (and its successor’s and assign’s) liens are, and shall be during the existence of this Lease, and without the
requirement of any other written document evidencing such agreement, first and superior to any liens or claims, if any, Landlord may have against Tenant for payment of rent or otherwise. Landlord additionally agrees to execute and deliver to Bank,
its successors and assigns, a form of subordination agreement reasonably requested by the Bank to confirm the agreements contained herein. 
 35. Miscellaneous. 
 (a) All approvals required of and between Landlord and Tenant under the provisions of this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed unless otherwise expressly provided. 
 (b) It is
understood and agreed that in the event any provision of this Lease shall be adjudged, decreed, held or ruled to be invalid, such portion shall be deemed severable, and it shall not invalidate or impair the agreement as a whole or any other
provision of the agreement. 
 (c) This Lease and all provisions, covenants and conditions thereof shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the heirs, legal representatives, and successors, and assigns of the parties hereto, except that no person, firm, corporation nor court officer holding under or through Tenant in violation of any of the terms, provisions or
conditions of this Lease, shall have any right, interest or equity in or to this Lease, the terms of this Lease or the Premises. 
 (d) Landlord shall have the right, at any time without liability to Tenant to make, at Landlord’s own expense, repairs, alterations, additions and improvements, structural or otherwise, in or to the Premises, the Building or any part
thereof, and to perform any acts related to the safety, protection and preservation thereof, and during such operations to take into and through the Premises or any part of the Building all material and equipment required and to close or temporarily
suspend operation of entrances, doors, corridors or other facilities, provided that Landlord shall cause as little inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant as is reasonably necessary in the circumstances, and shall not do any act which permanently
reduces the size of the Premises. Landlord may do any such work during ordinary business hours and Tenant shall pay Landlord for overtime and other expenses incurred if such work is done during other hours at Tenant’s request. 
 (e) Radon is a naturally occurring radioactive gas that, when it has accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities may present health
risks to persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed federal and state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your county public
health unit, pursuant to Section 404.056(8), Florida Statutes. 
 (f) This Lease and the addenda attached hereto constitute
the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements. No waiver, modifications, additions or addenda to this Lease shall be valid unless in writing and signed by both Landlord and Tenant. 
 (g) This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. 
 (h) Time is of the essence of each and every provision of this Lease. 
 (i) No Offer: This Lease is submitted on the understanding that it will not be considered an offer and will not bind any party in any way
until both parties have duly executed the Lease. 
  

 12 

 (j) No Construction Against Drafting Party: Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that each of
them and their counsel have had an opportunity to review this Lease and that this Lease will not be construed against Landlord merely because Landlord has prepared it. This Lease is to be construed in such a manner as to give effect to the
provisions herein. 
 (k) No Recording of Lease: This Lease MUST NOT BE RECORDED in any official Public Records, without
Landlord’s written consent, which consent may be arbitrarily withheld. Tenant’s recording this Lease or any memorandum or short form of it will be void and shall constitute a default under this Lease. 
 (l) Waiver of jury trial. Landlord and Tenant by this subparagraph waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by
either of the parties to this Lease against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease and other documents related to it or arising from it, the relationship of landlord and tenant, Tenant’s use
or occupancy of the premises, or any other claims (including without limitation claims for personal injury or property damage), and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy. Landlord and Tenant are each entering into this waiver as they
desire to avoid delays in the resolution of disputes arising out of the above referenced documents and their landlord and tenant relationship. 
 (m) Warranty of Authority: Landlord and Tenant and the party(ies) executing this Lease on behalf of Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant that such party(ies) is/are authorized to do so by requisite
action of the board of directors or partners, as the case may be. 
 (n) Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary,
Landlord shall never be liable to Tenant for any loss of business or profits or other special, incidental, indirect or consequential damages or for punitive or special damages of any kind. None of Landlord’s officers, employees, agents,
directors, shareholders, or partners shall ever have any personal liability to Tenant under or in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s estate and interest in the Building for the satisfaction of any right or remedy
of Tenant under this Lease, or for the collection of any judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord, and no other property or assets of Landlord or its principals shall be subject to levy, execution, or other
enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s rights or remedies under this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant under this Lease, Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, or any other liability of Landlord to Tenant
of whatever kind or nature. 
 (o) Brokers: Landlord and Tenant respectively represent and warrant to each other that neither of
them nor any of their representatives, employees or agents have consulted or negotiated with any broker or finder with regard to this Lease or the Premises except, Cushman and Wakefield of Arizona, LLC and Cushman and Wakefield of Florida, LLC,
representing Tenant and EastGroup Property Services of Florida, LLC (“EastGroup”), representing Landlord. Landlord and Tenant each will indemnify the other against, and hold the other harmless from, any claims for fees or commissions from
anyone with whom either of them has consulted or negotiated with regard to the Premises except the brokers named herein. Landlord will pay the fees or commissions due only to EastGroup, pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and
EastGroup, and EastGroup, will pay the fees or commissions due only to Cushman and Wakefield of Arizona, LLC and Cushman and Wakefield of Florida, LLC, pursuant to a separate written agreement between them. Tenant shall not be responsible for
payment of any leasing commission fees to such brokers. 
 (p) No Easements for Air or Light: Any diminution or shutting off of
light, air, or view, by any structure that may be erected on the Project or on lands adjacent to the Building will in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord. 
 (q) Except for the payment of sums due under this Lease, each party hereto shall be excused for the period of any delay and shall not be
deemed in default with respect to the performance of any of its obligations when prevented from so doing by a cause beyond such party’s reasonable control, including labor disputes, government regulations, fire or casualty, inability to obtain
any materials or services, or Acts of God. 
  

 13 

 (r) Interlineation: Whenever in this Lease any printed portion has been stricken, whether or
not any relative provision has been added, this Lease shall be construed as if the material so stricken was never included in this Lease and no inference shall be drawn from the stricken material which would be inconsistent in any way with the
construction or interpretation which would be appropriate if such material were never contained in this Lease. 
 (s) Surrender.
No act or thing done or omitted to be done by Landlord or Landlord’s agent during the Term of this Lease will constitute, nor will it be deemed an acceptance of surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such termination or surrender
will be valid unless in a writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to any employee or agent of Landlord will not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises unless such delivery of keys is done in connection with a
written instrument executed by Landlord approving such termination or surrender. 
 (t) Survival of Obligations: Any obligations
of Tenant accruing prior to the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or if Tenant continues to occupy the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, on the date Tenant completely vacates the Premises
shall survive the same, and Tenant shall promptly perform all such obligations whether or not this Lease has expired or been terminated. 
 36.
Early Occupancy. Tenant may enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date to complete Tenant Improvements and to install its furniture, special flooring or carpeting, trade fixtures, telephone, computers and other business equipment. Any
such early entry shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease, except the obligation to pay Rent, provided Tenant does not conduct its business in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date. If the Tenant completes the improvements
early, Tenant will be allowed to occupy the space at no charge prior to December 1, 2009 but no earlier than November 1, 2009. If Tenant occupies the space prior to November 1, 2009, they will pay prorated rent at $3.25 per square
foot plus applicable Operating Expenses and Sales Tax for that period. 
 37. Option to Renew. Tenant shall have two (2) - five
(5) year options to renew its lease for all of the premises upon six (6) months prior written notice. The beginning rental rate for each renewal term shall be ninety five percent (95%) of the current fair market rate for the Premises
and then it will increase by two and one half percent (2.5%) annually for the remainder of each renewal term. For purposes of this Lease, the fair market rate shall mean the amount of Base Rent determined by Landlord in its commercially
reasonable discretion as the fair market rate for the Premises based on retail use in a building of similar size, configuration, quality, and location. If Tenant objects to Landlord’s determination of the fair market rate for the Premises, and
Landlord and Tenant are unable to reach an agreement within ten (10) days after Landlord provides Tenant with written notice of its determination of fair market rate, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall appoint a qualified MAI appraiser
(“Tenant’s Appraisal”) for the purpose of determining the fair market rate. Tenant shall submit Tenant’s Appraisal to Landlord, together with a written summary of the methods used and data collected to make such determination
within twenty (20) days after Tenant provides Landlord with Tenant’s written objection to Landlord’s determination of fair market rate. If Tenant does not make such objection and appoint such appraiser within twenty (20) days
after receipt of written notice of Landlord’s determination, or deliver Tenant’s Appraisal to Landlord within such twenty (20) day period, then Landlord’s determination shall be deemed conclusive. If Landlord objects to
Tenant’s Appraisal, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall appoint a qualified MAI appraiser (“Landlord’s Appraisal”) for the purpose of determining the fair market rate. Landlord shall submit Landlord’s
Appraisal to Tenant, together with a written summary of the methods used and data collected within twenty (20) days after Landlord provides Tenant with Landlord’s written objection to Tenant’s determination of the fair market rate. If
Landlord does not make such objection and appoint such appraiser within twenty (20) days after receipt of Tenant’s Appraisal, then Tenant’s Appraisal shall be deemed conclusive. If Landlord’s Appraisal and Tenant’s Appraisal
differ by (x) less than ten percent (10%), the average of the two appraised amounts shall be the fair market rate for the Premises, or, if (y) ten percent (10%) or more. Landlord and Tenant shall promptly instruct their appraisers to
jointly appoint a third MAI appraiser to determine the fair market rate for the Premises (“Third Appraisal”). Landlord and Tenant shall each pay one-half (1/2) of the expenses of the Third Appraisal. The appraisal among the three
(3) that is farthest from the average of all the appraisals shall be disregarded and the average of the other two shall be the fair market rate for the Premises and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. 
 38. Satellite Dishes and or Antennaes. Tenant may install and maintain on roof any and all equipment and satellite dishes needed for Tenant’s
communication and data transmission network. Location and installation to be approved by Landlord. 
  

 14 

 Under no circumstance will antennas or satellite dishes be affixed to the building in anyway or penetrate
the Landlords roof. Any damage related to the installation or maintenance will be the responsibility of the Tenant. 
 39.
Addenda/Exhibits. The additional Addenda and Exhibits (if any) listed below or attached hereto are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Lease: 
 Exhibit “A” – Site Plan 
 Exhibit “B” – Space Plan 
 Exhibit “C” – Leasehold Improvement Addendum 
 Exhibit “D” – Rules and Regulations 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF. Landlord and Tenant have hereunto executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written. 
  

									
	Signed, sealed and delivered	 		 	LANDLORD:
	in the presence of:	 		 	EastGroup Property Services of Florida, LLC
		 		 		 	Agent for:
			
		 		 	EastGroup Properties, LP, a Delaware Limited Partnership
		 		 	
	 /s/ Kristina Preston
	 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Chris Segrest

	Print Name:	 	Kristina Preston	 		 	Name:	 	CHRIS SEGREST
	Megan Borling	 		 	Title:	 	Vice President
	Print Name:	 	Megan Borling	 		 		 	
				
	 /s/ Kristina Preston
	 		 	By:	 	 /s/ John Colemadi

	Print Name:	 	Kristina Preston	 		 	Name:	 	JOHN COLEMADI
	Megan Borling	 		 	Title:	 	SENIOR VP
	Print Name:	 	Megan Borling	 		 		 	
				
		 		 		 	TENANT
				
		 		 		 	Leslie’s Poolmart, Inc., a Delaware Corporation
				
	 /s/ Kory Klecker
	 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Steven L. Ortega

	Print Name:	 	Kory Klecker	 		 	Name:	 	Steven L. Ortega
		 		 		 	Title:	 	EVP / CFO
				
	 /s/ Dave Backus
	 		 		 	
	Print Name:	 	Dave Backus	 		 		 	

  

 15 

 Exhibit “A” 
 Site Plan 
 

 
  

 16 

 Exhibit “B” 
 Current Space Plan 
  

 17 

 

 
 Exhibit “C” 
  

 18 

 Leasehold Improvement Addendum 
 Landlord shall provide a Tenant Improvement Allowance of $150,000.00 for refurbishment and construction to be performed at 1260 LaQuinta Drive, Suite 400, Orlando, FL 32809. This Allowance is to be
used by Tenant for all costs associated with refurbishment and construction in the Premises. Tenant shall be self performing this refurbishment and construction. Prior to the commencement of the refurbishment and construction the Tenant shall
provide Landlord with plans and a scope of work for Landlord’s approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld. All improvements shall be governed by the provisions of paragraph 25 of the Lease. Prior to any work being performed, Tenant shall
ensure that all contractors related to this work provide proper insurance coverage to Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for complying with all Governmental rules and regulations. When refurbishment is completed the Tenant will provide to
Landlord receipts indicating that all contractors have been paid in full and will also provide Landlord any applicable Lien Waivers from contractors who provide more than $5,000.00 in materials or services. Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant, on a
monthly basis, the applicable portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance after receipt of the applicable Lien Waivers and invoices for the refurbishment allowance to be reimbursed. 
  

 19 

 Exhibit “D” 
 Rules and Regulations 
  

	 	•	 	 Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the rules and regulations of the building as may be included in this Lease and modified or added to
from time to time by the Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by any other tenant or occupant of the building. 

  

	 	•	 	 No tenant shall install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker, or other device on the roof, exterior walls of the Building, or on the property
or permeter of property. No TV, radio or recorder shall be played in such a manner as to cause a nuisance to any other tenant. 

  

	 	•	 	 The sidewalks, entry passages, corridors, and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by it for other than those of ingress and egress.

  

	 	•	 	 Canvassing, soliciting, distribution of handbills or any other written material and peddling in the Center or on the site are prohibited, and each
tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same. 

  

	 	•	 	 No cargo or delivery vans, trucks or other similar vehicles shall be permitted to park in front of the Center building other than temporary delivery.
These approved vehicles should park directly behind the rear of the Premises, or in designated truck court/dock area. Materials stored or placed by Tenant visible from outside the building will not be permitted. 

  

	 	•	 	 Each tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material
is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage without being in violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. 

  

	 	•	 	 The auto parking lot shall be used in common with other tenants of the Center, their employees, guests and invitees, and in common with the Lessor and
its employees, guests and invitees. All parking is free and unassigned. Tenants, their employees and guests, shall use those parking areas closest to their leased premises to the extent possible. The exterior truck loading and trailer parking areas
immediate to the Premises are reserved for the exclusive use of each tenant. Tenants shall not use, block or otherwise interfere with the loading areas of other occupants in the Center. 

  

	 	•	 	 Tenant may not store or place rubbish, pallets or other by-products of shopping or manufacturing outside the Premises. All such items must be hauled
away without delay and at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. 

  

	 	•	 	 No tenant shall use or keep in their premises or the Center, any kerosene, gasoline, or inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than limited
quantities thereof reasonable necessary for the operation or maintenance of office equipment. No tenant shall use or keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be
occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Center by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business in the Center, nor shall any animals or
birds be brought or kept in the Premises or the Center. 

  

	 	•	 	 These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the agreements,
covenants, conditions and provisions of any Lease of the Premises or the Center. The terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Lease shall govern in the event of any inconsistency or ambiguity between the Rules and Regulations and the Lease.

  

	 	•	 	 Each tenant shall ensure that the doors of its Premises are closed and locked and that all water faucets and water apparatus are shut off before Tenant
or Tenant’s employees leave the Premises so as to prevent waste or damage. For any default or carelessness in this regard Tenant shall make good all damages sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Center or Landlord.

 Landlord reserves the right to make such other rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed
for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation of good order therein. Notice of any such amendment or modification will be provided Tenant, and Tenant will comply with them provided they are reasonable. 

 

 20

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00166-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00166-of-00352.parquet"}]]